KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP
424B1, 1996-09-26
NURSING & PERSONAL CARE FACILITIES
Previous: INDUSTRI MATEMATIC INTERNATIONAL CORP, 424B1, 1996-09-26
Next: R&G FINANCIAL CORP, NT 10-Q, 1996-09-26



<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS                                      Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
                                                Registration No. 333-59
    
                                                                 [LOGO]
3,550,000 Shares
Kapson Senior Quarters Corp.
Common Stock
($.01 par value)
 
All  of the  3,550,000 shares  of Common  Stock, $.01  par value  per share (the
"Common Stock"), offered hereby are being  sold by Kapson Senior Quarters  Corp.
(the "Company").
 
   
Prior to this offering (the "Offering"), there has been no public market for the
Common  Stock. See "Underwriting" for a  discussion of the factors considered in
determining the initial public offering price.
    
 
The Common Stock has been approved  for quotation on the Nasdaq National  Market
under the symbol "KPSQ".
 
SEE  "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 8 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE
CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON  THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
THE  ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON OR ENDORSED THE
MERITS OF THE OFFERING, ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING    PROCEEDS TO
                                                PUBLIC          DISCOUNT        COMPANY(1)
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>
Per Share.....................................  $10.00          $0.70           $9.30
Total(2)......................................  $35,500,000     $2,485,000      $33,015,000
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $2,915,000.
    
 
   
(2) The Company  and certain selling  stockholders (the "Selling  Stockholders")
    have granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an aggregate
    of  532,500 additional shares of  Common Stock at the  Price to Public, less
    the Underwriting Discount, solely to  cover over-allotments, if any. If  the
    Underwriters  exercise  such option,  in full,  the  total Price  to Public,
    Underwriting  Discount,  Proceeds  to   Company  and  Proceeds  to   Selling
    Stockholders  will be $40,825,000,  $2,857,750, $35,491,125, and $2,476,125,
    respectively. See "Underwriting" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
    
 
   
The Shares of Common Stock are offered subject to receipt and acceptance by  the
Underwriters,  to prior sale and to the  Underwriters' right to reject any order
in whole or in part and to withdraw, cancel or modify the offer without  notice.
It  is expected that delivery of the shares  of Common Stock will be made at the
office of Salomon Brothers Inc, Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York, or
through the facilities of The Depository  Trust Company, on or about October  1,
1996.
    
 
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
                 RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
                                                      WHEAT FIRST BUTCHER SINGER
   
The date of this Prospectus is September 26, 1996.
    
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
 
                    Assisted Living Facilities Location Map
 
                              Top (left to right)
(1) Kapson Senior Quarter Corp. logo.
(2) Location Map with footnote
(3) Legend
                      Middle (graphics from left to right)
(1) Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. logo.
(2) Staff member assisting resident in a daily activity.
(3) Residents being served a meal by a member of the facility catering staff.
 
   
The  Company owns the  entire interest in  six of its  facilities, and a partial
interest in five of its facilities, and manages four facilities in which it does
not have an equity interest. For details  on the ownership and operation of  the
Company's   facilities,  see   "Business  --   The  Company's   Assisted  Living
Facilities," and "Certain  Transactions -- Arrangements  Regarding Operation  of
Certain Facilities."
    
                            ------------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, THE  UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR  MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE  OF THE COMMON  STOCK
OFFERED  HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH  TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE  EFFECTED  IN THE  OVER-THE-  COUNTER  MARKET
(INCLUDING  THE  NASDAQ  NATIONAL  MARKET) OR  OTHERWISE.  SUCH  STABILIZING, IF
COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS,  INCLUDING THE  NOTES THERETO,  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE   IN  THIS   PROSPECTUS.  INVESTORS  SHOULD   CAREFULLY  CONSIDER  THE
INFORMATION SET  FORTH  UNDER  "RISK  FACTORS."  UNLESS  THE  CONTEXT  OTHERWISE
REQUIRES,  REFERENCES IN THIS PROSPECTUS TO THE "COMPANY" REFER TO KAPSON SENIOR
QUARTERS CORP., ITS  CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES  AND ITS  PREDECESSOR. EXCEPT  AS
OTHERWISE  NOTED, THE INFORMATION IN THIS  PROSPECTUS ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE
UNDERWRITERS'  OVER-ALLOTMENT  OPTION.   THE  INFORMATION   CONTAINED  IN   THIS
PROSPECTUS  GIVES EFFECT TO  CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS TO BE  CONSUMMATED PRIOR TO OR
SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH THE CLOSING OF THE OFFERING.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Kapson Senior  Quarters  Corp. (the  "Company")  is a  leading  provider  of
assisted  living services in  the northeastern region of  the United States, and
has owned,  managed  and/or  operated assisted  living  facilities  since  1972.
Assisted  living facilities provide a residential alternative for elderly senior
citizens who need or desire assistance with their activities of daily living and
certain home  health  care  services,  in  a  non-institutional  environment.  A
majority  of the  Company's assisted  living facilities  are operated  under the
"Senior Quarters" trademark.
 
    The Company owns, manages and/or operates 15 assisted living facilities with
an aggregate of 1,623 units and a  capacity for 2,392 residents, located in  New
York, New Jersey, Connecticut and Pennsylvania. Of these facilities, the Company
owns  all or a portion of eleven facilities (six facilities are wholly owned and
five partially owned,  with partial  ownership interests ranging  from 10.0%  to
50.1%)  with an  aggregate of  1,145 units and  a capacity  for 1,749 residents.
Revenues from these  eleven facilities  constituted 96.7% of  total revenues  in
1995,  with the  balance provided  by management  fees from  the four facilities
owned by  unaffiliated third  parties. In  addition, the  Company currently  has
under  pre-construction development  seven assisted  living facilities  in these
states with  an  expected  aggregate of  948  units  and a  capacity  for  1,146
residents.  At  June 30,  1996, the  Company's  facilities that  were stabilized
(i.e., in operation for at least twelve months) had a weighted average occupancy
rate of 99.0%, with  many of them maintaining  waiting lists. Furthermore,  such
facilities  have operated at a  98.0% occupancy rate for  the past five calendar
years.
 
    The Company believes that it is characterized by the following:
 
    - A pioneer in assisted living in the northeastern United States since 1972,
      and a preeminent provider of assisted living services in the State of  New
      York,  the state with the second  highest elderly population in the United
      States
 
    - Well-positioned to capitalize on the considerable growth opportunities  in
      the  assisted  living  industry presented  by  strong  demographic trends,
      cost-containment initiatives, long-term  care facility  supply and  demand
      imbalances and quality of life advantages
 
    - Assisted   living  facilities   that  are  designed   to  provide  premium
      accommodations and a comprehensive,  bundled package of standard  services
      for a single monthly fee
 
    - Focused  on "private-pay" residents  who pay through  private insurance or
      funds
 
    - Large facilities, with a prototype facility consisting of 125 units and  a
      capacity  for 200  residents, that  produce cost-efficiencies  and enhance
      operating margins
 
    - Three senior executives with combined experience  of over 50 years in  the
      assisted  living industry and a management team (the members of which have
      on average been  with the  Company for  approximately 10  years) with  the
      demonstrated  ability  necessary  to (i)  implement  the  Company's growth
      strategy, (ii) operate assisted living facilities in the State of New York
      (traditionally one of the states in which assisted living is most  heavily
      regulated),  and (iii) operate licensed home health care services agencies
      so as to enable the Company to  provide home health care services at  many
      of its facilities
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    The  Company's operating  philosophy is to  provide services  and care which
meet the individual needs  of its residents, and  to enhance their physical  and
mental  well-being, thereby allowing them to live  longer and to "age in place."
The Company's facilities are  designed to provide  premium accommodations and  a
comprehensive,  bundled package of  standard services for  a single monthly fee.
These facilities offer, on a 24-hour basis, personal, supportive and home health
care services  appropriate for  their residents  in a  home-like setting,  which
allow residents to maintain their independence and quality of life. Furthermore,
many  of the Company's facilities, through its Extended Care Program, also offer
additional specialized care and services to residents in the beginning stages of
Alzheimer's disease, dementia and other cognitive impairments. At June 30, 1996,
the average monthly fee  for standard services at  the Company's facilities  was
approximately $2,980 per unit.
 
    The  Company's  growth strategy  focuses on  the  expansion of  its existing
portfolio through  the development,  acquisition  and conversion  of  additional
assisted  living facilities, the expansion of its ancillary services (which have
not yet produced  significant revenues),  including home  health care,  in-house
pharmacy  services  and its  Extended Care  Program,  as well  as cost-efficient
facilities management. The  Company's primary focus  is the northeastern  United
States,  where it intends to maintain its  position as a leading assisted living
provider. In  the future,  the  Company will  also selectively  seek  additional
opportunities in other regions of the United States. Since 1985, the Company has
developed  ten assisted living  facilities and acquired all,  or an interest in,
three others. The Company anticipates that, by utilizing its infrastructure  and
assisted  living  experience,  it  will  develop  or  acquire  an  additional 30
facilities with 3,500 units  and a capacity  for 4,100 residents  by the end  of
1999.
 
   
    The  Company  believes  its  assisted  living  business  benefits  from  the
following significant  demographic  trends,  cost-containment  initiatives,  and
long-term care facility supply and demand imbalances: (i) the continued aging of
the  United States  population, resulting in  increasing demand for  care of the
elderly; (ii)  changing  family  dynamics,  which  increase  the  likelihood  of
families  utilizing  the assisted  living alternative;  (iii) the  increased net
worth of the elderly and their increased ability to pay for such care, and  (iv)
a  general  effort to  contain health  care  costs by  governmental authorities,
private insurers and  managed care  organizations by limiting  lengths of  stay,
services and reimbursement amounts.
    
 
   
    The  Company incurred net losses for the  six months ended June 30, 1996 and
for fiscal  1995  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  Company's  development  and
construction  of two facilities that  opened on September 1,  1995 and March 15,
1996, as well as  the Company's strategic decision  to invest in management  and
facility  development capabilities to support future growth. The Company intends
to pursue a rapid growth strategy, the success of which will depend upon a large
number of  factors, including  the availability  of financing  and general  real
estate and construction risks. Other risks include the fact that the Company and
its  facilities  are  subject  to governmental  regulation;  competition  in the
assisted living market; the Company's dependence on senior management; and other
business risks common to assisted living operations. See "Risk Factors."
    
 
    The Company  was formed  in order  to consolidate  and expand  the  assisted
living business of The Kapson Group, a New York general partnership of which the
sole  equal partners  are Glenn  Kaplan, Wayne Kaplan  and Evan  Kaplan, who are
brothers (collectively,  the  "Kaplans").  The  Kaplans  are  the  three  senior
executive officers of the Company and, after giving effect to the Offering, will
own  approximately 53.9% of the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock
(48.8% if the Underwriters' over-allotment  option is exercised in full).  While
the Company has an ownership interest in substantially all of its facilities, in
order  to comply  with applicable New  York law and  regulations prohibiting the
operation of  certain  types  of  adult care  facilities  by  a  publicly-traded
for-profit  corporation, substantially all of  the Company's New York facilities
are operated by  the Kaplans  individually. As licensed  operators, the  Kaplans
have  site control over substantially all  of the Company's New York facilities,
and have personal liability for operating these facilities. With respect to such
facilities, the Kaplans have engaged a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to
perform the day-to-day operations of the facilities in a manner that the Company
believes is consistent with New York law and regulations.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Common Stock Offered..............  3,550,000 shares (1)
Common Stock outstanding after the
 Offering.........................  7,700,000 shares (1)(2)(3)
Use of Proceeds...................  The Company will  use the net  proceeds of the  Offering
                                    for  the development and  acquisition of assisted living
                                    facilities  (including  seven  facilities  currently  in
                                    various  stages of pre-construction development), to pay
                                    to  the  Kaplans  $6.0  million  (the  approximate   tax
                                    liability   expected  to   be  incurred   by  them  from
                                    transactions  pertaining  to  the  transfer  of  certain
                                    facilities  to  the  Company), to  pay  all  real estate
                                    transfer   taxes   arising   from   these   transactions
                                    (estimated to be approximately $250,000), to acquire the
                                    remaining   interest  in  one  of  its  partially  owned
                                    facilities,  and   for  working   capital  and   general
                                    corporate purposes.
Nasdaq National Market Symbol.....  "KPSQ"
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes  532,500  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  the Underwriters'
    over-allotment option granted by the  Company and the Selling  Stockholders.
    The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares by the
    Selling  Stockholders, which will occur only if the over-allotment option is
    exercised. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
   
(2) Excludes 600,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance and  available
    for  grant under the Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan,
    under which options to purchase 117,500 shares of Common Stock have  already
    been issued. See "Management -- 1996 Stock Incentive Plan."
    
 
(3) Excludes  approximately 50,000 shares  that the Company  expects to issue in
    connection with the purchase of the 50% interest it does not already own  in
    one of its facilities.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                SUMMARY FINANCIAL, OPERATING AND PRO FORMA DATA
 
    The  following table sets  forth certain historical  financial and operating
data as of and for each of the  three years ended December 31, 1995 and the  six
months  ended June 30, 1995  and 1996 for The  Kapson Group (the "Predecessor"),
and certain pro forma financial  data and operating data as  of and for the  six
months  ended June  30, 1996 and  for the year  ended December 31,  1995 for the
Company as  described  in  footnote  (1) below.  The  Predecessor  represents  a
combination  of the  businesses of  partnerships, Subchapter  S corporations and
limited liability companies which, as of June 30, 1996, consisted of six  wholly
owned,  two majority-owned and three  minority-owned assisted living facilities,
and two entities  that provided  managerial services  to five  related and  four
unrelated  entities. The businesses of the Predecessor are being acquired by the
Company in connection with the Offering. The financial data below should be read
in conjunction  with, and  is qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to,  the
combined  financial statements of the  Predecessor, including the notes thereto,
and  the  information  in  "Unaudited  Pro  Forma  Financial  Information"   and
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          --------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                                    PREDECESSOR             PRO FORMA       PREDECESSOR        PRO FORMA
                                          -------------------------------  -----------  --------------------  -----------
                                            1993       1994       1995      1995 (1)      1995       1996      1996 (1)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
Revenues:
  Assisted living revenues..............  $  12,628  $  13,349  $  14,275   $  17,828   $   7,024  $   9,529   $  10,440
  Management fees.......................        248        348        443         443         209        432         432
  Other -- affiliates...................        112         57         45      --              23         23      --
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Total revenues..........................     12,988     13,754     14,763      18,271       7,256      9,984      10,872
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Operating Expenses:
  Assisted living operating expenses....      7,591      7,837      8,314      10,913       3,931      6,252       7,070
  General and administrative............        727      1,142      1,658       3,096         730      1,275       1,832
  Depreciation..........................      1,188      1,180      1,234       1,440         576        912         964
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Total operating expenses................      9,506     10,159     11,206      15,449       5,237      8,439       9,866
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Operating income........................      3,482      3,595      3,557       2,822       2,019      1,545       1,006
 
  Interest expense, net.................     (3,541)    (3,487)    (3,892)     (4,780)     (1,739)    (2,861)     (3,013)
  Other income (expense), net...........        (10)        (1)       (34)        (30)          1         20          20
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Income (loss) before minority interest
 and extraordinary item.................        (69)       107       (369)     (1,988)        281     (1,296)     (1,987)
Minority interest in net loss of
 combined partnerships..................     --         --             16         360      --            371         271
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
 item...................................        (69)       107       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)     (1,716)
Extraordinary Item......................     --          4,399     --          --          --         --          --
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Net Income (loss).......................        (69)     4,506       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)     (1,716)
 
Unaudited pro forma data:
Pro forma benefit (provision) for income
 taxes (2)..............................         28     (1,803)       141         651        (112)       370         686
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Pro forma net income (loss).............  $     (41) $   2,703  $    (212)  $    (977)  $     169  $    (555)  $  (1,030)
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Pro forma net loss per share (3)........                                    $    (.19)                         $    (.20)
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
Pro forma weighted average number of
 common shares outstanding (3)..........                                        5,035                              5,035
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
Pro forma, as adjusted, net loss per
 share (3)(4)...........................                                    $    (.13)                         $    (.13)
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
Pro forma, as adjusted, weighted
 average number of common shares
 outstanding (3)(4).....................                                        7,750                              7,750
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
                                                                           -----------                        -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                               YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                                     PREDECESSOR                PREDECESSOR
                                                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                             1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
  Assisted living units owned, managed and/or operated (end of period)...        661        661        862        661      1,623
  Assisted living resident capacity (end of period)......................      1,143      1,143      1,403      1,143      2,392
  Weighted average occupancy of fully-stabilized assisted living
   facilities............................................................         98%        98%        98%        99%        99%
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                JUNE 30,
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                                     PRO FORMA AS
                                                                                       PREDECESSOR     ADJUSTED
                                                                                          1996       1996(1)(3)(4)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital (deficit).........................................................    $  (4,344)     $  20,377
  Total assets......................................................................       67,853         90,740
  Long-term debt, excluding current portion.........................................       67,816         67,816
  Partners'and shareholders' equity (deficit).......................................      (11,107)        16,214
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1)  The pro forma statements of operations data for the year ended December 31,
     1995 and  the six  months  ended June  30, 1996  gives  effect to  (a)  the
     acquisition  on April 1, 1996 by the  Predecessor of the operations of Town
     Gate Manor (Rochester, New York) and  Town Gate East (Penfield, New  York);
     (b)  the April 1996 acquisition of the 49.9% interest in Senior Quarters at
     Chestnut Ridge by an unrelated third party; (c) the pending acquisition  of
     the  50% interest it does  not already own in  the entity which owns Senior
     Quarters at East Northport from an unrelated party for $2,600. The purchase
     price is payable  from Offering proceeds  ($2,100) and the  issuance of  50
     shares  of  common stock  at  an initial  public  offering price  of $10.00
     ($500); (d) operating fees payable to the Kaplans as operators for  various
     New  York facilities, net of management fees payable to a subsidiary of the
     Company; (e)  compensation  of  the  Kaplans  and  additional  general  and
     administrative  costs of  operating as  a public  company; (f)  the initial
     capitalization of the  Company; (g)  the issuance  of 4,150  shares of  the
     Company's  common stock as  consideration for the conveyance  of all of the
     Predecessor's assets relating to its assisted living business; and (h)  the
     elimination  of  net indebtedness  and  interest payable  to  an uncombined
     affiliate of the Predecessor all as if the transactions had occurred as  of
     January  1, 1995.  The pro forma  balance sheet  as of June  30, 1996 gives
     effect to these transactions as if  they occurred on that date, except  for
     the  transactions  in (a)  and  (b) which  are  included in  the historical
     combined balance sheet at June 30, 1996. See "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial
     Information."
    
 
(2)  Includes a pro  forma income tax  adjustment for federal  and state  income
     taxes  to reflect  the Predecessor as  a C  corporation. See Note  2 to the
     Combined Financial Statements of the Predecessor.
 
   
(3)  Reflects (a) the  assumed issuance  of common  stock at  an initial  public
     offering  price of $10.00 to satisfy the $6,250 distribution payable to the
     Kaplans to be paid  from the proceeds  of the Offering  which will be  used
     primarily  to satisfy (i) the tax liabilities of the Kaplans expected to be
     incurred in connection with transactions pertaining to the transfer of  the
     Predecessor's  interests in the facilities to the Company ($6,000) and (ii)
     real estate transfer taxes arising out  of the transaction estimated to  be
     approximately  ($250) and (b) the expected  issuance of 50 shares of common
     stock expected to be  issued in connection with  the agreement to  purchase
     the  50% interest it does  not already own in  the entity which owns Senior
     Quarters at East Northport, at an  initial public offering price of  $10.00
     per share, to satisfy a portion ($500) of the total $2,600 purchase price.
    
 
   
(4)  Reflects  the proposed issuance of all  3,550 shares in connection with the
     Offering.
    
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    Prospective  investors should consider carefully the factors set forth below
together with the other information contained in this Prospectus before making a
decision to purchase the Common Stock.
 
CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS; PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT
 
   
    At June 30, 1996, the Predecessor had Partners' and Shareholders' deficit of
$11.1 million and negative working capital of $4.3 million. After giving  effect
to  the receipt and application of the net proceeds of the Offering (assuming no
exercise of the  Underwriters' over-allotment option),  the Company's pro  forma
shareholders'  equity would have  been $16.2 million.  The Company believes that
the proceeds of  the Offering,  in conjunction with  other financial  resources,
will  be sufficient to fund  its growth strategy for  12 months. Other resources
include $117.9 million which, as of the consummation of the Offering and subject
to certain conditions, will be available ($9.1 million of which is scheduled  to
be  drawn down  for the  project in  Briarcliff Manor,  NY) under  the Company's
$140.0 million  acquisition and  development credit  facility with  Health  Care
REIT,  Inc. ("HCR"), along  with any bank  financing, long-term operating leases
with REITs, and joint ventures that it may obtain or enter into. The HCR  credit
facility  requires, as  a condition  to future  drawings, that  the Company meet
certain financial tests, including one that requires the Company to have, at the
time of each drawing, a minimum net  worth of $14.0 million ($20.0 million  once
aggregate  drawings exceed $100.0  million). There can be  no assurance that the
Company will not need  to obtain additional financing  within this time or  that
such  financing  will be  available,  or available  on  terms acceptable  to the
Company, particularly in light of the Company's anticipated net losses. See  "--
Net Losses and Anticipated Net Losses; Negative Cash Flow," "Capitalization" and
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operation -- Results of Operations."
    
 
NET LOSSES AND ANTICIPATED NET LOSSES; NEGATIVE CASH FLOW
 
    Newly developed  assisted living  facilities typically  operate at  a  loss,
inclusive  of  financing  costs,  for five  to  seven  months  after completion.
Primarily as  a result  of the  Company's development  and construction  of  two
facilities  that opened on September 1, 1995 and  March 15, 1996, as well as the
Company's strategic decision  to invest in  management and facility  development
capabilities  to support future growth, the Company incurred a net income (loss)
before extraordinary items of ($925,000) for the six months ended June 30, 1996,
compared to $281,000  for the six  months ended June  30, 1995, and  ($353,000),
$107,000  and ($69,000) for  the years ended  December 31, 1995,  1994 and 1993,
respectively. The Company was not required and did not pay income taxes in these
years. On a pro forma basis, the  Company would have incurred net income  (loss)
of  ($1,030,000) for the six  months ended June 30,  1996 and ($977,000) for the
year ended December 31,  1995. In addition,  for the six  months ended June  30,
1996, net cash used in operations was ($1,077,000). See "Management's Discussion
and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  -- Results of
Operations." As a result  of its development activities  and plans, the  Company
anticipates  that it will incur a net loss for the balance of 1996. Furthermore,
if the Company continues to experience negative cash flow from operations, or if
it does not achieve its development  objectives, or if newly developed  assisted
living  facilities do not  achieve break-even operating  results within the time
expected, or  if  development  or  construction  or  operating  expenses  exceed
expectations,  the Company's financial  condition will be  further impacted. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Results of Operations."
 
INDEBTEDNESS AND OTHER OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY
 
   
    Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding long-term
debt  of $67.8 million, $15.5 million of which bears interest at variable rates.
In addition,  the Company  will, as  of  the consummation  of the  Offering  and
subject to certain conditions, have $117.9 million of credit available (of which
$9.1  million is scheduled to be drawn down for the project in Briarcliff Manor,
NY) under  its secured  acquisition and  development credit  facility with  HCR,
which  provides for interest payments at rates  that are established at the time
of opening of the new assisted  living facility for which a particular  drawdown
is  taken. Furthermore,  the Company's  growth strategy  contemplates developing
and/or
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
acquiring approximately 30 facilities by the end of 1999 at an aggregate cost of
$405 million.  A  portion of  such  funds  may be  financed  through  additional
indebtedness. As a result, the Company's cash flow will continue to be adversely
impacted  by debt service, and there is a risk that the Company may be unable to
generate sufficient cash  flow from  operations to cover  required interest  and
principal  payments, particularly if variable  interest rates and, consequently,
interest payments, increase.  If the  Company were  unable to  meet interest  or
principal  payments in  the future,  there can  be no  assurance that sufficient
financing would be available  to cover the insufficiency  or, if available,  the
financing  would  be on  terms  acceptable to  the  Company. In  the  absence of
financing, the  Company's  ability  to make  scheduled  principal  and  interest
payments  on its  indebtedness or to  respond to changing  business and economic
conditions  to  fund  scheduled  investments,  cash  contributions  and  capital
expenditures  to make future acquisitions or  developments and to absorb adverse
operating results would be adversely affected.  Any payment or other default  by
the  Company with respect to  any of its indebtedness  could cause the lender to
foreclose on the  facility or  facilities securing such  indebtedness and  could
impair  the Company's right  to receive payments  under the management contracts
relating  to   those  facilities.   Further,   because  of   cross-default   and
cross-collateralization  provisions  in certain  of  the Company's  mortgages, a
default by the Company on any of its payment obligations could adversely  affect
a significant number of the Company's other properties. Accordingly, any payment
or  other default by the  Company could have an  adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition,
the terms of certain of the Company's indebtedness have imposed, and may in  the
future impose, constraints on the Company's operations, including constraints on
its  ability to open new facilities in  close proximity to, or otherwise compete
with, existing facilities, constraints on its ability to increase its management
fees or  vary  the level  of  services that  it  provides to  residents,  and  a
requirement  under  the Company's  facility  with HCR  that  the Company  or the
Kaplans be the licensed operators of the Company's facilities, where required by
law. Furthermore,  the  Company  may  in  the  future  utilize  tax-exempt  bond
financing.  Such  bonds  usually  impose  various  restrictions,  conditions and
requirements, including requirements  that a certain  percentage of  residential
units  in facilities financed  by such bonds  be made available  to persons with
below median  income.  Bond  compliance  requirements may  have  the  effect  of
limiting   the  Company's   income  from   the  bond-financed   properties.  See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
UNCERTAIN ABILITY TO ACHIEVE AND/OR MANAGE RAPID GROWTH
 
    The  Company intends to pursue a rapid growth strategy, the success of which
will depend  upon a  large  number of  factors, many  of  which are  beyond  the
Company's   control.  See  "Business  --  Growth  Strategy  --  Development  and
Acquisition." At the present time the Company is a party to a limited number  of
agreements  related to specific facilities to be  developed, and there can be no
assurance  that  these  facilities  will  be  successfully  completed  or   that
additional facilities will be developed. Factors that will affect the success of
the  Company's growth strategy include the  Company's ability to locate suitable
sites, its ability to obtain  appropriate zoning, land use, building,  occupancy
or  other governmental permits, authorizations, licenses and approvals, the risk
that construction may not proceed according to plan or that its cost may  exceed
estimates,  the risk that occupancy rates  may not reach anticipated levels, and
risks  relating   to  the   competitive  environment   for  development   and/or
acquisitions.  Furthermore, even if  the Company were to  develop or acquire new
facilities, its  ability to  achieve managed  growth will  be dependent  upon  a
number  of  factors,  including  its  ability  to  hire,  train  and  assimilate
management and  other  employees  and  its  ability  to  adapt  its  purchasing,
management information and other systems to accommodate its expanded operations.
See "Business -- Growth Strategy -- Development and Acquisition." If the Company
is  unable to implement its growth strategy  successfully, of which there can be
no assurance,  its  business, financial  condition,  results of  operations  and
prospects could be adversely affected.
 
DISCRETIONARY USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    A  substantial portion of the net proceeds of the Offering is expected to be
used to  partially  finance  the  development  and  acquisition  of  facilities,
including  the  projects  referred  to elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus  that are
currently in  various stages  of pre-construction  development. At  the  present
time, the
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
Company has not entered into binding contracts or other agreements, arrangements
or  other understandings  to develop  or acquire  any additional  sites, and the
Company will continue to  have broad discretion  in identifying potential  sites
for  development  and  existing  facilities  for  acquisition.  Accordingly, the
Company will have broad  discretion in using the  net proceeds of the  Offering.
See  "Use  of Proceeds"  and  "Business --  Growth  Strategy --  Development and
Acquisition."
 
DEPENDENCE ON SENIOR MANAGEMENT; OTHER PERSONNEL
 
    The Company  depends  upon  the  continued services  of  Glenn  Kaplan,  its
Chairman  and  Chief Executive  Officer; Evan  Kaplan,  its President  and Chief
Operating Officer; and Wayne Kaplan, its Vice Chairman and Senior Executive Vice
President. The Company has entered  into a five-year employment agreement  which
is  renewable automatically for  successive one-year periods  with each of these
individuals. See "Management -- Employment Agreements." The Company's dependence
on these three individuals is increased  by the fact that, primarily because  of
legal requirements in New York, substantially all of the Company's facilities in
New  York  are  operated by  them  individually. See  "--  Operating Agreements;
Management Agreements" and "Certain Transactions." Accordingly, the loss of  the
services  of any of these three individuals  could have an adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
    In addition, the Company competes with other providers of long-term care  in
attracting  and retaining senior management  and other personnel responsible for
various management  functions,  as well  as  the day-to-day  operations  of  the
Company's  facilities. The Company is dependent  upon the available pool of such
personnel. A shortage of qualified personnel may require the Company to  enhance
its wage and benefits package in order to compete. There can be no assurance the
Company's  labor costs will not increase, or that, if they do increase, they can
be matched by corresponding increases in its revenues.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The  health  care  industry  is  subject  to  extensive  federal  and  state
regulation   and  frequent  regulatory  change.   See  "Business  --  Government
Regulation." The Company's  facilities are and  will continue to  be subject  to
varying degrees of regulation by health and/or social service agencies and other
regulatory authorities in the various states and localities in which the Company
operates or intends to operate. The Company believes, based on its experience in
conducting  an assisted living business since  1972 and its consequent knowledge
of applicable law and regulations, that it is in compliance with all  applicable
law  and regulations; however, there can be  no assurance that such is the case.
The Company's belief is not based on  advice or an opinion of counsel;  however,
counsel   was  engaged  to  prepare  the  operating  and  management  agreements
pertaining to  the Company's  New York  licensed facilities.  See "--  Operating
Agreements; Management Agreements." The success of the Company will be dependent
upon  its ability to satisfy  applicable law and regulations  and to procure and
maintain required licenses  and registrations.  Changes in  applicable laws  and
regulations,  or in the interpretations thereof, could have an adverse effect on
methods  and  costs  of  doing  business,  and  amounts  of  reimbursement  from
governmental and other payors.
 
    Although  a  number  of states  have  not adopted  specific  assisted living
regulations, in New York, where a  majority of the Company's present  facilities
is  located,  an  array  of  statutes  and  regulations  govern  assisted living
facilities and the provision  of home health care  services in such  facilities.
These  laws  include  licensure  restrictions that  prohibit  a  publicly traded
for-profit  corporation  from  operating   certain  types  of  assisted   living
facilities  (referred  to herein  as "licensed  facilities"). See  "-- Operating
Agreements; Management Agreements" and "Business -- Government Regulation." Such
facilities include facilities that are designated by the State as Adult Homes or
Assisted Living Program facilities ("ALP facilities"). Accordingly, the  Company
is  not the  licensed operator of  any of  its New York  licensed facilities. As
mentioned above, the Company believes that its management relationship with  the
licensed operators complies with all applicable law and regulations, although it
has  not sought or obtained any ruling  from regulatory agencies to that effect.
The   Company    has    been    advised    that    regulations    relating    to
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
licensed  facilities in New  York are presently undergoing  review. A task force
established by the  legislature to study  long-term care financing  alternatives
recently   issued  its  report,  which,   among  other  things,  encourages  the
development of assisted living facilities and recommends that existing ownership
restrictions, including  those  that  prohibit sponsorship  by  publicly  traded
corporations,  be examined. If existing law and regulations were interpreted as,
or amended with the effect of, prohibiting the Company's management relationship
with the licensed operators, there could  be an adverse effect on the  Company's
business,  financial  condition, results  of operations  and prospects.  See "--
Operating Agreements; Management Agreements."
 
    As part of the Company's two ALP facilities, the Kaplans operate the  Kapson
Licensed  Home Care Services Agency, a partnership  that is licensed in some New
York counties. See "Business  -- Government Regulation --  New York." Since  the
Kapson  Licensed  Home  Care  Services  Agency  provides  and,  as  required  by
applicable law and regulations, will continue, even after the Company obtains  a
home  care services agency  license, to provide services  that are reimbursed by
Medicaid  for  Medicaid-covered  residents  in   the  Company's  New  York   ALP
facilities,  the  Kaplans  are,  and  the  Company  (through  its  provision  of
management services to the ALP facilities) may be, subject to federal and  state
Medicaid   fraud  and  abuse  laws   and  regulations,  including  anti-kickback
provisions.  In  particular,  those  laws  may  prohibit  certain  health   care
professionals  from holding an ownership or financial interest in a company that
provides or manages home health care or pharmaceutical services to which  health
care  professionals  refer Medicare  or Medicaid  patients.  New York  State has
similar laws and  regulations that  restrict such  financial relationships  with
entities that provide pharmaceuticals. See "Business -- Government Regulation."
 
OPERATING AGREEMENTS; MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    Under  applicable New York law and regulations, a publicly traded for-profit
corporation is not permitted to be the licensed operator of a licensed facility.
Therefore, the  Kaplans  individually are  the  licensed operators  of  all  the
Company's  licensed facilities in New York, except  for one which is operated by
its not-for-profit owner and have  responsibility for the day-to-day  operations
of  the Company's  facilities in  New York to  ensure that  these facilities are
operated in  accordance with  applicable  New York  law and  regulations.  These
facilities  are operated pursuant  to either an  operating agreement between the
Company and  the  licensed operators  or  the pre-existing  agreement  with  the
applicable  third party  owner of  the facility  that has  been assigned  to the
licensed operators by the Company. The licensed operators have, in turn, engaged
a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company to provide certain management  services
to  each such facility.  As a result of  recently enacted legislation, privately
owned for-profit corporations are permitted to operate certain types of licensed
facilities in New York,  and the Kaplans  may form one  or more corporations  to
operate   the  Company's  licensed  facilities.   See  "Business  --  Government
Regulation" and "Certain  Transactions." The Kaplans  are entitled, pursuant  to
the   operating  agreements,  to  assign   such  agreements  to  any  for-profit
corporation that is wholly owned by them.
 
   
    With respect to the Company's licensed  facilities of which the Kaplans  are
the  licensed operators,  the operating agreements  between the  Company and the
licensed operators have a term of 25 years and provide for an operating fee; the
pre-existing agreements with third-party  owners generally have  a term of  five
years and also provide for an operating fee and, in some instances, an incentive
fee  based on the performance  of the facility. The  operating agreements may be
terminated by  either  the  Company  or the  licensed  operators  under  certain
circumstances.  The Company may  terminate the agreement  upon the occurrence of
certain events of default or  upon the death or  disability of all the  licensed
operators.  If the operating  agreement is terminated by  the Company other than
for an event of default by  the licensed operators, the licensed operators  will
be  entitled to liquidated  damages equal to twice  the licensed operators' fees
under the  applicable  operating  agreement  (net  of  fees  payable  under  the
applicable  management agreement) over the preceding twelve months. See "Certain
Transactions --  Arrangements Regarding  Operation  of Certain  Facilities."  In
addition,  the employment agreement  with each Kaplan  provides that each Kaplan
may withdraw  as a  licensed operator  if he  ceases to  be an  employee of  the
Company  for  any  reason.  See  "Management  --  Employment  Agreements."  Each
management
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
   
agreement  between  the  licensed  operators  and  the  Company's  wholly  owned
subsidiary   is  co-terminous   with  the  underlying   operating  agreement  or
pre-existing agreement with  third-party owners, provides  for a management  fee
equal  to a  portion of the  licensed operators'  fee, and may  be terminated by
either the Company's  wholly owned  subsidiary or the  licensed operators  under
certain  circumstances.  See  "Certain  Transactions  --  Arrangements Regarding
Operation of Certain Facilities."
    
 
    In order  to comply  with applicable  law and  regulations, each  management
agreement,  by its own  terms, does not  confer upon the  Company's wholly owned
subsidiary control over the facility. It specifically provides that the licensed
operators shall retain the authority and power, among other things, to hire  and
discharge persons working at the licensed entity, maintain and control the books
and  records of  the licensed entity,  to incur  any liability on  behalf of the
licensed entity, and to adopt or enforce policies regarding the operation of the
licensed entity. The  management agreements  provide that  the Company's  wholly
owned subsidiary shall perform such services as may be requested by the licensed
operators,  including  the  following: establishing  the  schedules  of charges;
administration of personnel matters; the development of publicity materials; the
maintenance of all required licenses, permits, qualifications and approvals  and
otherwise  ensuring that the operation of the facility is in compliance with all
applicable laws and regulations;  accounting support; maintenance and  upgrading
of  the facility; and contract administration,  all subject to the direction and
control of the licensed operators.
 
    Accordingly, in accordance with New  York law and regulations, the  licensed
operators   will  maintain  site  control   and  responsibility  for  day-to-day
operations of the  facility. In the  case of  the New York  ALP facilities,  the
licensed  operators are responsible for both  the licensed Adult Home portion of
the facility and the licensed home care services agency servicing the  facility.
In  addition, the  licensed operators  will remain  responsible for  the overall
compliance of the  facility with  applicable law and  regulations. Moreover,  in
accordance  with New York law and  regulations, the operating agreements between
the licensed operators and  the Company, the  management agreements between  the
licensed operators and the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, and the employment
agreements between each of the Kaplans and the Company provide that the licensed
operators  act independently of  the Company and/or  its wholly owned subsidiary
and, in the performance  of their obligations as  the licensed operators of  the
applicable  facility, are explicitly relieved of any fiduciary obligation to the
Company and its stockholders. As the Company is not itself the licensed operator
of these  facilities, it  is highly  dependent on  the Kaplans  as the  licensed
operators,  and its agreements  with them, in  order to generate  revenue in New
York State. The Company is therefore limited in its ability to exercise  control
over these facilities.
See "-- Conflicts of Interest."
 
    There  can be no assurance  that these agreements will  not be terminated by
the licensed operators of the applicable facility or the Company, or as a result
of a change in the applicable  law or regulations or the interpretation  thereof
by  the appropriate state agencies. Any termination of these agreements would be
subject to applicable state law and regulations, which may restrict the  options
of  the Company  in dealing with  the applicable facility.  Although the Company
believes that  it is  in compliance  with applicable  law and  regulations,  the
Kaplans,  as licensed  operators of  each such  facility, have  agreed that they
would cooperate with the Company  in restructuring the current arrangement  with
respect  to the  operation and  management of that  facility if  the need should
arise. Any termination of an operating agreement or a management agreement,  for
any  reason whatsoever, could have an  adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
    This basic structure,  and substantially similar  agreements, are also  used
with  respect to one  New York facility  that is an  independent living facility
which,  as  such,  is  not  a  licensed  facility.  The  effect  and  risks  are
substantially  the same as those  described above, except that  New York law and
regulations with  respect to  licensed  facilities are  not applicable  to  this
management arrangement.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
REVENUE FROM SUPPLEMENTAL SECURITY INCOME DEPENDENT RESIDENTS AND MEDICAID
 
    In  the Company's two ALP facilities,  the full monthly payment for services
provided to each  Medicaid-eligible resident  is paid  to the  Company by  those
residents,  at charges based  on Supplemental Security  Income ("SSI") rates for
the residential portion  and by  Medicaid for the  home care  portion. In  these
facilities,  the combined SSI-based and Medicaid monthly payments average $4,500
per unit.
 
    With few exceptions, the  only residents for  whom the Company's  facilities
accept  SSI payments as  the residential fee  are Medicaid-eligible residents in
the Company's  two New  York ALP  facilities.  Currently, less  than 1%  of  the
Company's  revenue is derived  from SSI payments.  The Company anticipates that,
upon stabilization of its New York  ALP and other facilities, approximately  11%
of  the Company's  revenue will be  derived from SSI  payments. Residential fees
from these residents could be subject to  delay. There can be no assurance  that
the  Company's proportionate  percentage of  revenue related  to the facilities'
receipts based on SSI rates  will not increase, or  that the amounts paid  under
SSI programs will not be decreased or subject to delay.
 
    The  Company derives revenues from Medicaid  only for the home care services
provided to Medicaid beneficiaries  residing in the Company's  two New York  ALP
facilities.  Medicaid program payments could be subject to delay. Further, since
the payment for home care services in such facilities is a fixed per patient per
day amount based on an anticipated range of services for the resident's assessed
level of  care, the  Company is  at risk  for the  cost of  services within  the
anticipated  range even if beyond  the amount paid by  Medicaid. The Company has
committed to 380  Medicaid beds,  and applicable  law and  regulations forbid  a
reduction in the beds committed to Medicaid beneficiaries in the Assisted Living
Program  without  further  state approval,  which  may  or may  not  be granted.
Currently, less than 2%  of the Company's revenue  is derived from the  Medicaid
program.  The Company anticipates  that, upon stabilization of  its New York ALP
and other facilities, approximately 20% of the Company's revenue will be derived
from the  Medicaid  program.  There  can be  no  assurance  that  the  Company's
proportionate  percentage of  revenue related  to the  facilities' receipts from
Medicaid will not increase,  or that the  amounts paid by  Medicaid will not  be
further limited or subject to delay.
 
    On  occasion, in order to meet budgetary demands, the government has delayed
payments to beneficiaries of government programs such as Medicaid. In  addition,
possible  limitations on amounts paid may result from proposed federal and state
legislation. See "-- Potential Impact of Proposed Legislation Regarding Medicaid
Funding." There  can be  no assurance  that acceptance  of SSI-based  fees,  the
provision of services to Medicaid beneficiaries or changes in the applicable SSI
or  Medicaid programs and/or  applicable law and  regulations will not adversely
affect the business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects of
the Company. See "-- Potential Impact of Proposed Legislation Regarding Medicaid
Funding" and "Business -- Government Regulation."
 
GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION
 
    Since a majority of the Company's current facilities are located within  the
New  York metropolitan area, the Company will  be more susceptible to changes in
general economic  factors  affecting  the  health  care  industry  or  the  laws
governing, and regulatory environment in, the New York metropolitan area because
any  such  change  or  act  could affect  a  high  percentage  of  the Company's
facilities. There can be  no assurance that  such geographic concentration  will
not  have  an adverse  effect on  the  Company's business,  financial condition,
results of operations and prospects. See "Business."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The long-term care industry  is highly competitive  and the Company  expects
that  the assisted living  industry will become more  competitive in the future.
The Company  competes  with  numerous local,  regional  and  national  companies
providing  long-term  care  alternatives  such  as  home  health  care  services
agencies, life  care communities,  skilled nursing  facilities,  community-based
service  programs, retirement communities and  convalescent centers. The Company
expects that  as  the assisted  living  industry receives  increased  attention,
competition  will  grow, and  that new  market  entrants will  include companies
focusing primarily on  assisted living.  Assisted living  providers compete  for
residents  primarily  on the  basis of  quality  of service,  price, reputation,
physical appearance and location of the living
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
environment, services  offered,  family  preferences  and  physician  referrals.
Moreover,  the  Company  expects  to face  competition  for  the  development or
acquisition  of   assisted  living   facilities  during   the  course   of   its
implementation  of its growth strategy. Competition  may be increased by changes
in the regulatory environment, especially in  New York where assisted living  is
highly  regulated and a majority of the Company's facilities is located. Some of
the Company's present  and potential  competitors are  significantly larger  and
have,  or may  obtain, greater  financial resources  than those  of the Company.
There can  be  no  assurance  that the  Company  will  not  encounter  increased
competition in the future, which could limit its ability to attract residents or
expand  its  business  and  thereby  have an  adverse  effect  on  the Company's
business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
 
POTENTIAL IMPACT OF PROPOSED LEGISLATION REGARDING MEDICAID FUNDING
 
    The United  States  Congress is  considering  legislation which  may  change
substantially  the amount of federal funding available for the Medicaid program,
the method by which such funds are  distributed to the states and the extent  of
state  control over such funds.  It is not possible  to predict whether and when
legislation relating to Medicaid will be  passed, and, if passed, what  features
such  legislation  will  contain  or  whether  the  President  would  sign  such
legislation. The Company cannot  make any assessment as  to the ultimate  timing
and  impact that  any pending  health care  proposals may  have on  the assisted
living, nursing facility and  rehabilitation care industries,  or on the  health
care  industry in  general. In addition,  changes in Medicaid  funding have been
proposed in  New York  State which,  alone  or in  combination with  changes  in
federal  funding, may have a significant impact  on the New York Assisted Living
Program as it presently functions or on future funding. Similar changes may take
place in other states in which the  Company operates. No assurance can be  given
that any such changes will not have an adverse effect on the business, financial
condition, results of operations or prospects of the Company.
 
BUSINESS RISKS COMMON TO ASSISTED LIVING OPERATIONS
 
    LIABILITY  AND  INSURANCE.    The provision  of  assisted  living  and other
services for residents entails an inherent  risk of liability. In recent  years,
participants in the long-term care industry have become subject to an increasing
number of lawsuits alleging malpractice or related legal theories, many of which
involve  large claims  and significant defense  costs. In  addition, the Company
intends to apply for registration as a pharmacy in New York. Participants in the
pharmacy industry may be subject to potential liability for negligence and other
claims. The Company  currently maintains liability  insurance intended to  cover
such  claims and  the Company  believes that  its insurance  is in  keeping with
industry standards and appropriate in relation to the Company's assisted  living
and,  in the future, pharmacy business. There can be no assurance, however, that
claims in excess of  the Company's insurance coverage  or claims not covered  by
the  Company's insurance coverage  (E.G., claims for  punitive damages) will not
arise. A successful claim against the Company not covered by or in excess of the
Company's insurance coverage  could have  an adverse effect  upon the  Company's
business,  financial  condition,  results of  operations  and  prospects. Claims
against the Company,  regardless of their  merit or eventual  outcome, may  also
have an adverse effect upon the Company's ability to attract residents or expand
its  business, and would require management  to devote time to matters unrelated
to the operation of the Company's business. In addition, the Company's insurance
policies must be renewed  annually. There can be  no assurance that the  Company
will  be able to maintain liability insurance coverage in the future or that, if
such coverage is available, it will be available on acceptable terms.
 
    ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING RENTAL RATES  AT PROFITABLE LEVELS.  There  can
be  no assurance that the Company's facilities will continue to be substantially
occupied at current rental rates. If operating expenses increase due to  factors
such  as the  cost of  labor, food or  energy, government  regulation or various
uninsurable risks, the local rental market  may limit the extent to which  rents
may  be increased. Because  rent increases generally can  only be implemented at
the time of expiration of leases,  rental increases may lag behind increases  in
operating expenses.
 
    REVENUE  FROM FACILITIES.   Revenue  from the  Company's facilities (whether
owned, managed and/or operated by the Company) is dependent upon the performance
of those facilities. The performance of  substantially all of the Company's  New
York   facilities   will   depend   in   part   on   the   Kaplans  individually
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
because they will have control over  the operation of these facilities. See  "--
Operating  Agreements; Management Agreements." The  performance of the Company's
facilities will  also depend  in part  upon the  ability to  attract and  retain
residents  (most of  whom rent  on a month-to-month  basis), which  will in turn
depend  upon  prevailing  financial  conditions,   the  nature  and  extent   of
competitive  properties in the areas where  such facilities are located, and the
real estate market generally. The failure of the Company to generate  sufficient
revenue  and cash flow could result in an inability to meet future principal and
interest payments in respect of its indebtedness.
 
    GENERAL REAL ESTATE RISKS.  The  performance of the Company's facilities  is
influenced by factors affecting real estate investments generally, including the
general  economic climate and local  conditions, such as an  oversupply of, or a
reduction  in  demand  for,  similar  facilities.  Other  factors  include   the
attractiveness  of properties to residents,  zoning, rent control, environmental
quality regulations  or other  regulatory restrictions,  competition from  other
forms  of housing and the ability of the Company to provide adequate maintenance
and insurance and to control  operating costs, including maintenance,  insurance
premiums  and real  estate taxes. Real  estate investments also  are affected by
such factors as  applicable laws,  including tax  laws, interest  rates and  the
availability  of financing. In addition,  real estate investments are relatively
illiquid and, therefore, limit the ability of the Company to vary its  portfolio
promptly in response to changes in economic or other conditions.
 
    CONSTRUCTION/CONVERSION  RISKS.   Certain construction  and conversion risks
are beyond the  Company's control  and could  cause the  cost of,  and the  time
required  to  complete, construction  or conversion  to exceed  estimates. These
risks include but  are not  limited to  force majeure,  labor disputes,  adverse
weather,  acts of God, limited supply of  materials and labor, and other unknown
contingencies. If existing buildings  are to be  converted into assisted  living
facilities, costs of conversion may be more difficult to assess and control than
with  respect to  the construction  of a new  facility. The  Company's cash flow
could be adversely affected  if construction or conversion  is not commenced  or
completed,  or if there  are unpaid subcontractors or  suppliers, or if required
occupancy permits are  not issued in  a timely manner.  See "Business --  Growth
Strategy -- Development and Acquisition."
 
    POSSIBLE  ENVIRONMENTAL  LIABILITIES.    The  Company's  facilities  and the
operations thereof are subject to various federal, state and local environmental
and worker health and  safety laws and regulations.  These laws and  regulations
generally relate to these facilities' solid, medical, special waste handling and
disposal  practices  and  work place  health  and safety.  Although  the Company
believes that its facilities are in  substantial compliance with these laws  and
regulations,  there  can  be  no  assurance that  they  are  or  will  remain in
compliance, that penalties  or fines may  not be imposed  for non-compliance  or
that  new, more  stringent environmental and  worker health and  safety laws and
regulations will not be adopted,  any of which could  have an adverse effect  on
the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
In  addition, under these environmental laws and regulations, liability could be
imposed on the facilities or the Company  for the costs of, among other  things,
investigating,  remediating and/or monitoring contamination that may be found to
exist in  the  environment at  off-site  disposal  sites where  waste  from  the
Company's  facilities  has  been  disposed  of  and  from  contamination  at the
Company's facilities  or properties.  Although  the Company  is unaware  of  any
contamination  at  any of  its facilities  or properties  requiring remediation,
contamination could result from, for example, a leaking underground heating fuel
storage tank,  a spill  of cleaning  fluids  and materials  or the  presence  of
asbestos-containing   materials  in   its  facilities.  The   presence  of  such
contamination at  any  of the  Company's  facilities or  properties  could  also
subject  the Company to lawsuits by or  liability to neighbors, residents of the
facilities, and  workers  who may  have  been injured  or  damaged by  any  such
contamination.  Moreover,  if contamination  is  found to  exist,  the Company's
ability to sell or lease the facility or property or to borrow money using  that
facility or property as collateral could be adversely affected.
 
    RESTRICTIONS  IMPOSED  BY  LAWS  BENEFITING  DISABLED  PERSONS.    Under the
Americans with  Disabilities Act  of  1990 (the  "ADA"),  all places  of  public
accommodation  are  required to  meet  certain federal  requirements  related to
access and use by  disabled persons. A number  of additional federal, state  and
local  laws exist which  also may require modifications  to existing and planned
properties to create  access to the  properties by disabled  persons. While  the
Company believes that its facilities are substantially in
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
compliance  with  present  requirements  or are  exempt  therefrom,  if required
changes involve a greater expenditure than anticipated or must be made on a more
accelerated basis than anticipated,  additional costs would  be incurred by  the
Company.  Further legislation may impose additional burdens or restrictions with
respect to access by disabled persons, the costs of compliance with which  could
be substantial.
 
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
 
    Pursuant  to employment agreements  with the Company,  each of Glenn Kaplan,
Wayne Kaplan and  Evan Kaplan  have agreed to  devote substantially  all of  his
business  time, energy, skill and efforts to the performance of his duties under
the agreement and to faithfully serve the Company, subject to the performance of
his obligations as operator of  one or more of  the Company's facilities in  his
individual  capacity. These employment agreements contain non-compete provisions
by which the Kaplans agree not to  compete with the assisted living business  of
the  Company  in any  area  within a  ten-mile radius  of  one of  the Company's
facilities for a  period of  one year after  the termination  of the  applicable
employment  agreement for any  reason other than the  non-renewal thereof by the
Company on  substantially the  same terms.  In the  past, the  Kaplans (who  are
officers  and directors  of the Company)  have directly  or indirectly selected,
bought, sold and owned real estate  investments for their own accounts and  they
may continue to do so with respect to investments not involving the provision of
assisted  living services. In  addition, in order to  meet the requirement under
applicable New York regulations that a licensed facility located in New York  be
operated  by  one  or  more  individuals  or  general  partnerships  composed of
individuals, in  each case  having  site control  over  any such  facility,  the
Kaplans  are the  licensed operators of  substantially all of  the Company's New
York facilities, and, therefore, will  have site control over those  facilities.
See  "--  Operating  Agreements; Management  Agreements."  These  activities and
ownership interests create actual or potential conflicts of interest on the part
of the Kaplans. The Board of Directors of the Company has adopted a policy  that
all  future  transactions  between  the  Company  and  its  officers, directors,
principal stockholders and  their affiliates will  be subject to  approval of  a
majority  of the independent and disinterested outside directors, and will be on
terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained from  unaffiliated
third  parties. See  "Certain Transactions." Joseph  G. Beck, a  director of the
Company, is a principal, executive committee member and shareholder of  Shattuck
Hammond  Partners Inc., which provided investment banking and financial advisory
services to the Predecessor, and will  continue to provide such services to  the
Company. See "Certain Transactions -- Shattuck Hammond Fee" and "Underwriting."
 
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS; ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES
 
    After the Offering, the three senior executives of the Company, the Kaplans,
will   beneficially  own  in   aggregate  53.9%  (48.8%   if  the  Underwriters'
over-allotment option  is  exercised  in  full)  of  the  Company's  issued  and
outstanding  Common Stock. As a result, the Kaplans may be able to substantially
influence many  matters  required  to  be  submitted  to  the  stockholders  for
approval,  including,  without  limitation,  the  election  of  directors.  This
concentration of voting  power and the  right of first  refusal each Kaplan  has
with  respect  to  the other  Kaplans'  shares  of Common  Stock  pursuant  to a
stockholders' agreement between  the Kaplans  and the Company  may, among  other
things,  have the effect  of delaying or  preventing a change  in control of the
Company. See "Certain Transactions" and "Principal and Selling Stockholders." In
the event of  any such  change of  control, each Kaplan  may have  the right  to
receive  payments from the Company if his employment is terminated either by him
or the  Company. See  "Management --  Employment Agreements."  The Kaplans  will
also, as licensed operators of a majority of the Company's facilities, have site
control   over  those  facilities.  See  "--  Operating  Agreements;  Management
Agreements." In addition,  the Company's certificate  of incorporation  provides
for  authorized but unissued Preferred Stock, the terms of which may be fixed by
the Board of Directors, and also provides, among other things, that the Board of
Directors will be  classified. Such  provisions could  also have  the effect  of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of the Company.
 
BENEFITS TO AFFILIATES
 
    The  Kaplans  will  realize  substantial  benefits  from  the  Offering.  In
particular, the Kaplans, who beneficially own in the aggregate 4,150,000  shares
of Common Stock, upon completion of the Offering
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
   
will own beneficially in the aggregate shares with a market value of $41,500,000
(assuming  no  exercise  of  the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option).  If the
Underwriters' over-allotment  option  is exercised  in  full, the  Kaplans  will
receive  in the  aggregate net proceeds  of $2,476,125. In  addition, as partial
consideration for the Predecessor's transfer  of its facilities to the  Company,
the  Company shall  pay (i)  to the  Kaplans $6.0  million (the  approximate tax
liability expected to be incurred by the Kaplans in connection with transactions
pertaining to that transfer)  as the cash portion  of the consideration for  the
Predecessor's  transfer  of its  facilities to  the Company,  and (ii)  all real
estate transfer  taxes  arising out  of  such transfer  to  the Company  of  the
Company's   facilities  by  its  Predecessor   (estimated  to  be  approximately
$250,000).  The  Kaplans  guaranteed   certain  indebtedness  incurred  by   the
Predecessor  with respect  to certain facilities,  and the Kaplans  expect to be
released from  such  guarantees  in  connection with  the  consummation  of  the
Offering. See "Certain Transactions -- Conveyance of Assisted Living Business to
the   Company."  Further,  the   Kaplans  individually  are   the  operators  of
substantially all of the Company's  New York assisted living facilities,  either
pursuant  to a separate operating  agreement entered into by  the Company or the
pre-existing agreement with  the unaffiliated  owner of the  facility (that  has
been  assigned  to the  Kaplans). The  Kaplans,  as operators  of each  of these
facilities, have engaged  a wholly owned  subsidiary of the  Company to  provide
certain management services in connection with the day-to-day operations of each
facility they operate, in each case pursuant to a separate management agreement.
The  operating agreements provide for  a fee equal to  5% of gross revenues; the
pre-existing agreements with  third party  owners provide for  an operating  fee
equal  to 5%  of gross revenues  or the  greater of 5%  of gross  revenues and a
minimum fee (ranging from $96,000 to $150,000 per annum) and including, in  some
instances,  an incentive fee. The fee  payable to the Company's subsidiary under
each management agreement is  30% of the operators'  fees, increasing to 96%  of
the  operators' fees  generated by  aggregate gross  revenues of  all facilities
operated under this fee structure exceeding $23.0 million. The Kaplans have also
agreed that, with respect to  any other projects for  which the Company may  not
act  as the licensed operator (such as  Senior Quarters at East Northport), they
will act  as licensed  operators in  exchange for  a fee  equal to  5% of  gross
revenues  and pay the Company's wholly owned subsidiary a servicing fee equal to
96% of their operating fee. See  "Certain Transactions" and "-- Shares  Eligible
for Future Sale."
    
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Sales  of substantial amounts of shares of Common Stock in the public market
after the  Offering, or  the  perception that  those  sales could  occur,  could
adversely  affect the market price of the Common Stock and the Company's ability
to raise equity capital in the future in the equity markets. Upon completion  of
the Offering, the Company will have 7,700,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding
(7,966,250  if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of
these shares,  the 3,550,000  shares  sold in  the  Offering (4,082,500  if  the
Underwriters'  option  is exercised  in full)  will be  tradeable in  the public
market immediately without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended  (the "Securities  Act"), except  for any  shares purchased  by
"affiliates"  of the  Company. The  remaining 4,150,000  shares of  Common Stock
outstanding are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. It  has been  agreed that  none of  these restricted  securities
shall be sold or otherwise disposed of, without the prior written consent of the
representatives  of the Underwriters,  for at least  180 days after  the date of
this Prospectus, except in connection with the Offering. After that date,  these
shares  may  be  sold subject  to  the  limitations of  Rule  144.  In addition,
3,849,999 of  such shares  are further  subject to:  (i) an  agreement with  the
Company  pursuant to which each Kaplan shall not,  for so long as he shall be an
operator of any of the Company's facilities, transfer any shares of Common Stock
if it would result in his personally owning fewer than 500,000 shares of  Common
Stock  initially, or 250,000 shares of  Common Stock after the fifth anniversary
of  the  consummation  of  the  Offering,  in  each  case,  subject  to  certain
exceptions; and (ii) a stockholders' agreement among the Kaplans and the Company
pursuant to which (A) each Kaplan has a right of first refusal with respect to a
transfer  of  the  shares of  Common  Stock  of the  other  Kaplans,  except for
transfers to or for the benefit of family members and a limited exception in the
case of any Kaplan's death, and (B)  the Kaplans agree that all their shares  of
Common  Stock shall be voted  as a unit. The  Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") has proposed to amend the holding period required by Rule 144
to permit sales of
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
"restricted securities" after one  year rather than the  current two years  (and
two  years rather than three years for "non-affiliates" who desire to trade free
of other Rule 144  restrictions). If such proposed  amendment were enacted,  the
"restricted  securities" described above would  become freely tradeable (subject
to any applicable contractual restrictions) at correspondingly earlier dates. In
addition, each  of the  Kaplans and  their father,  Herbert Kaplan,  who in  the
aggregate  beneficially  own  4,150,000  shares of  Common  Stock,  have certain
rights, including demand rights, with respect to the registration of such shares
of Common Stock  for sale to  the public,  subject to their  agreement with  the
Underwriters,  and, upon  consummation of  an agreement  regarding the Company's
acquisition of the interest it  does not already own  in one of its  facilities,
another stockholder will have certain registration rights with respect to 50,000
shares.  If one or more  of the Kaplans or  the other stockholder, by exercising
their registration rights,  cause a large  number of  shares to be  sold in  the
public  market, such sales could have an  adverse effect on the market price for
the  Company's   Common  Stock.   See  "Shares   Eligible  For   Future   Sale,"
"Underwriting," and "Certain Transactions -- Registration Rights."
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET AND DETERMINATION OF INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE
 
   
    The  Common Stock  has been  approved for  quotation on  the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "KPSQ." Prior to the Offering, there has been no  market
for  the Common Stock and there can be no assurance that an active public market
for the Common Stock  will develop or continue  after the Offering. The  initial
public  offering price  was determined  by negotiations  among the  Company, the
Selling  Stockholders,  and  the   representatives  of  the  Underwriters.   The
negotiated  initial public  offering price may  not be indicative  of the market
price for the Common Stock after the Offering. See "Underwriting."
    
 
DILUTION
 
   
    Purchasers of  Common  Stock  in  the  Offering  will  experience  immediate
dilution  in net tangible book value per share of Common Stock of $7.91 from the
initial public offering  price per  share (after deduction  of the  underwriting
discount and estimated offering expenses). See "Dilution."
    
 
DIVIDENDS
 
    The Company is newly formed and has never declared or paid a dividend on its
Common  Stock.  The  Company  expects  to retain  its  earnings  to  finance the
operation and  expansion of  its business  and, therefore,  does not  anticipate
paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering, after deducting estimated
underwriting  discount  and  offering  expenses  payable  by  the  Company,  are
approximately  $30,100,000  (approximately  $32,576,125  if  the   Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full).
    
 
   
    Approximately  $20.0 million  of the  net proceeds  will be  used to  fund a
portion of the costs  for the seven assisted  living facilities currently  under
pre-construction  development and expected to have an aggregate of 948 units and
a capacity for 1,146 residents that are described elsewhere in this  Prospectus.
Although  the Company is  continually reviewing and  negotiating with respect to
assisted living development and  acquisition projects, the  Company has no  firm
commitment  or other agreements, arrangements  or understandings with respect to
any such development or acquisition project other than those that are  described
in  this Prospectus. The Company will also use  a portion of the net proceeds to
pay (i) to the Kaplans $6.0  million (the approximate tax liability expected  to
be  incurred by  the Kaplans in  connection with transactions  pertaining to the
transfer by  the Predecessor  of its  facilities  to the  Company) as  the  cash
portion  of  the  consideration for  such  transfer,  and (ii)  all  real estate
transfer taxes  arising out  of  such transfer  (estimated to  be  approximately
$250,000).   See  "Certain  Transactions."  The  Company  also  expects  to  use
approximately $2.1 million (together with newly issued stock with an approximate
value of $500,000) to acquire the 50%  interest that it does not already own  in
the  entity which owns Senior  Quarters at East Northport.  The Company will use
the balance  of  the  net  proceeds to  fund  additional  currently  unspecified
developments  and acquisitions and for working  capital to be used primarily for
pre-development and pre-acquisition costs  the Company anticipates incurring  in
connection  with its development  and acquisition program  and general corporate
purposes. See "Business -- Growth Strategies -- Development and Acquisition." If
the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised,  the Company  will  not
receive  any  of the  proceeds  from the  sale of  Common  Stock by  the Selling
Stockholders. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
    
 
    Pending the  uses  outlined above,  funds  will be  placed  into  short-term
investments  such  as governmental  obligations,  bank certificates  of deposit,
banker's acceptances, repurchase agreements, short-term debt obligations,  money
market funds, and interest-bearing accounts.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    On  a pro forma basis, assuming  the Predecessor contributed its interest in
the Company's facilities  for, among  other things, 4,150,000  shares of  Common
Stock  and  giving  effect  to  the  pro  forma  distribution  to  partners  and
shareholders of $6.25 million and affiliate debt that will not be an  obligation
of  the Company and the issuance of  50,000 shares of Common Stock in connection
with the purchase of the 50% interest it does not already own in the entity that
owns Senior Quarters at  East Northport, the pro  forma net tangible deficit  of
the Company's 4,200,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding at June 30, 1996, was
$13.9  million or ($3.31) per share. Pro forma net tangible deficit per share is
determined by  dividing the  net tangible  deficit before  the Offering  by  the
number of shares of Common Stock before the Offering. The pro forma net tangible
book  value as adjusted  for the Offering  of the Company's  3,550,000 shares of
Common Stock at June 30, 1996 was  $16.2 million, or $2.09 per share. Pro  forma
net tangible book value reflects the net tangible book value at June 30, 1996 as
if the transactions discussed under "Selected Financial, Operating and Pro Forma
Data" were completed on that date. For purposes of calculating the pro forma net
tangible  book  value  as  adjusted  for the  Offering  at  June  30,  1996, the
calculation gives effect to the sale of 3,550,000 shares of Common Stock offered
hereby (after  deduction of  the underwriting  discount and  estimated  offering
expenses).  Pro forma net tangible book value  per share as adjusted assumes the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised. Dilution is determined  by
subtracting  pro forma  net tangible  book value per  share as  adjusted for the
Offering from the amount of cash paid by a new investor for one share of  Common
Stock. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>
Initial public offering price per share.............................             $   10.00
    Pro forma net tangible (deficit) per share before the
     Offering.......................................................      (3.31)
    Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to
     new
     investors as adjusted..........................................       5.40
                                                                      ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as adjusted for the
 Offering...........................................................                  2.09
                                                                                 ---------
Dilution per share to new investors.................................             $    7.91
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    The  foregoing computations  do not include  600,000 shares  of Common Stock
reserved for issuance and available for  grant under the Kapson Senior  Quarters
Corp.  1996 Stock Incentive Plan, of which 117,500 shares have been reserved for
issuance pursuant to the exercise of stock options issued under this plan at  an
exercise  price per share that is equal to the initial public offering price per
share. Accordingly, the  exercise of these  options will not  result in  further
dilution  to new investors purchasing shares in the Offering. To the extent that
any of  the remaining  482,500 shares  reserved for  issuance under  the  Kapson
Senior  Quarters  Corp. 1996  Stock Incentive  Plan are  issued, there  could be
further dilution to new investors if the fair market value of such shares on the
date of grant (which is  the exercise price of such  shares under this plan)  is
less  than the initial public offering price  per share. See "Management -- 1996
Stock Incentive Plan."
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth the  total capitalization of the Company  and
its  Predecessor as of June  30, 1996, and pro forma  as adjusted to reflect the
issuance of  shares  to the  Kaplans  in exchange  for  their interests  in  the
Company's  facilities,  the  issuance  of  50,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  in
connection with the purchase of the 50% interest that it does not already own in
the entity  that  owns  Senior Quarters  at  East  Northport, and  the  sale  of
3,550,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered  by  the  Company  after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                                    PRO FORMA AS
                                                                                        ACTUAL     ADJUSTED (1)(2)
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
                                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                                                              SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>
Long-term debt, less current portion................................................   $  67,816     $    67,816
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and
   outstanding......................................................................      --             --
  Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 30,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
   outstanding as of June 30, 1996 (actual) and 7,750,000 shares issued and
   outstanding on an adjusted basis.................................................      --                  78
Additional paid-in capital..........................................................      --              16,136
Retained Earnings (accumulated deficit).............................................     (11,107)        --
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)................................................     (11,107)         16,214
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
Total capitalization................................................................   $  56,709     $    84,030
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
                                                                                      -----------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes  532,500  shares  of  Common Stock  subject  to  the  Underwriters'
    over-allotment  option granted by the  Company and the Selling Stockholders.
    The Company will not receive any proceeds from the sale of any shares by the
    Selling Stockholders, which will occur only if the over-allotment option  is
    exercised. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
   
(2)  Excludes  an  aggregate of  600,000  shares  of Common  Stock  reserved for
    issuance pursuant to  the exercise  of outstanding stock  options under  the
    Kapson  Senior Quarters Corp. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, under which options
    to purchase 117,500 shares have already been granted.
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company is newly formed  and has not declared  or paid any dividends  on
its  Common Stock  and does not  anticipate paying dividends  in the foreseeable
future. It is the present policy of  the Company's Board of Directors to  retain
earnings,  if  any, to  finance  the expansion  of  the Company's  business. The
payment of dividends  in the future  will depend on  the results of  operations,
financial condition, capital expenditure plans and other cash obligations of the
Company  and  will be  at the  sole discretion  of the  Board of  Directors. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                SELECTED FINANCIAL, OPERATING AND PRO FORMA DATA
 
    The  following table presents selected financial  and operating data for the
Predecessor and selected pro forma data for the Company. The selected  financial
data  as of December 31, 1994  and 1995, and for each  of the three years in the
period ended December  31, 1995,  have been  derived from  the audited  combined
financial  statements of the Predecessor  included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The selected financial data as of December  31, 1993 have been derived from  the
combined   financial  statements  of  the   Predecessor  not  included  in  this
Prospectus. The selected unaudited  financial data as of  December 31, 1991  and
1992  and for  the years  then ended  were derived  from the  unaudited combined
financial statements of  the Predecessor  not included in  this Prospectus.  The
selected  unaudited financial data  as of June  30, 1996 and  for the six months
ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 were derived from the unaudited combined  financial
statements  of the  Predecessor included  elsewhere in  this Prospectus.  In the
opinion of management, the unaudited  combined financial statements reflect  all
adjustments,  which are of  a normal recurring  nature and necessary  for a fair
presentation  of  the  combined  financial  position  and  combined  results  of
operations for the unaudited periods. The combined results of operations for the
six  months ended June 30,  1995 and 1996 are  not necessarily indicative of the
results to be expected for the full year.
 
    The selected unaudited pro forma data for  the Company as of June 30,  1996,
for  the year ended December 31, 1995 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996
include, among others, the adjustments to  reflect the acquisition of Town  Gate
Manor  and Town  Gate East on  April 1,  1996, the sale  of a  49.9% interest in
Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge, the  pending acquisition of the 50%  interest
that  it does not  already own in the  entity that owns  Senior Quarters at East
Northport, and the transactions contemplated in connection with the Offering  as
described in Note 1, below. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations for
the  year ended December  31, 1995 and the  six months ended  June 30, 1996 were
prepared as  if  the  transactions had  occurred  as  of January  1,  1995.  The
unaudited  pro forma balance  sheet as of June  30, 1996 was  prepared as if the
transactions occurred at  that date,  except for  the acquisition  of Town  Gate
Manor  and Town Gate  East and the  disposition of the  49.9% interest in Senior
Quarters at Chestnut Ridge, which are  already reflected in the historical  June
30,  1996  balance sheet.  In  the opinion  of  management of  the  Company, all
adjustments necessary to present fairly such pro forma financial data have  been
made  based  on  the proposed  terms  and  structure of  the  transactions. This
unaudited pro forma financial data is not necessarily indicative of what  actual
results would have been if the transactions had occurred at the beginning of the
respective  periods nor do they purport to indicate results of future operations
of the Company.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
                SELECTED FINANCIAL, OPERATING AND PRO FORMA DATA
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                              JUNE 30,
                                     ------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                                                PRO
                                                          PREDECESSOR                          FORMA         PREDECESSOR
                                     -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------
                                       1991       1992       1993       1994       1995      1995 (1)      1995       1996
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
Revenues:
  Assisted living revenues.........  $  10,126  $  11,553  $  12,628  $  13,349  $  14,275   $  17,828   $   7,024  $   9,529
  Management fee...................        332         24        248        348        443         443         209        432
  Other -- affiliates..............         --        242        112         57         45          --          23         23
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues.................     10,458     11,819     12,988     13,754     14,763      18,271       7,256      9,984
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Operating Expenses:
  Assisted living operating
   expenses........................      6,514      7,289      7,591      7,837      8,314      10,913       3,931      6,252
  General and administrative.......      1,338      1,038        727      1,142      1,658       3,096         730      1,275
  Depreciation.....................      1,298      1,264      1,188      1,180      1,234       1,440         576        912
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses.......      9,150      9,591      9,506     10,159     11,206      15,449       5,237      8,439
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Operating income...................      1,308      2,228      3,482      3,595      3,557       2,822       2,019      1,545
Interest income....................         23         22         12          8         44          48          21        104
Interest expense...................     (3,655)    (3,344)    (3,417)    (3,288)    (3,732)     (4,828)     (1,655)    (2,844)
Interest expense -- affiliates.....        (25)      (151)      (136)      (207)      (204)         --        (105)      (121)
Equity in income from joint
 ventures..........................         --         --         --         --         --          --          --         28
Other income (expense), net........         12        280        (10)        (1)       (34)        (30)          1         (8)
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before minority
 interest and extraordinary item...     (2,337)      (965)       (69)       107       (369)     (1,988)        281     (1,296)
Minority interest in net loss of
 combined partnerships.............         --         --         --         --         16         360          --        371
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
 item..............................     (2,337)      (965)       (69)       107       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)
Extraordinary item.................         --         --         --      4,399         --          --          --         --
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
    Net Income (loss)..............     (2,337)      (965)       (69)     4,506       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
Unaudited pro forma data:
  Net Income (loss)................     (2,337)      (965)       (69)     4,506       (353)     (1,628)        281       (925)
  Pro forma benefit (provision) for
   income taxes (2)................        935        386         28     (1,803)       141         651        (112)       370
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
  Pro forma net income (loss)......  $  (1,402) $    (579) $     (41) $   2,703  $    (212)  $    (977)  $     169  $    (555)
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                     ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
  Pro forma net loss per
   share (3).......................                                                          $    (.19)
                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                            -----------
  Pro forma weighted average number
   of common shares
   outstanding (3).................                                                              5,035
                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                            -----------
  Pro forma, as adjusted, net loss
   per share (3)(4)................                                                          $    (.13)
                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                            -----------
  Pro forma, as adjusted, weighted
   average number of common shares
   outstanding (3)(4)..............                                                              7,750
                                                                                            -----------
                                                                                            -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                         PRO
                                        FORMA
                                     -----------
                                       1996(1)
                                     -----------
 
<S>                                  <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA
Revenues:
  Assisted living revenues.........   $  10,440
  Management fee...................         432
  Other -- affiliates..............          --
                                     -----------
    Total revenues.................      10,872
                                     -----------
Operating Expenses:
  Assisted living operating
   expenses........................       7,070
  General and administrative.......       1,832
  Depreciation.....................         964
                                     -----------
    Total operating expenses.......       9,866
                                     -----------
Operating income...................       1,006
Interest income....................         105
Interest expense...................      (3,118)
Interest expense -- affiliates.....          --
Equity in income from joint
 ventures..........................          28
Other income (expense), net........          (8)
                                     -----------
Income (loss) before minority
 interest and extraordinary item...      (1,987)
Minority interest in net loss of
 combined partnerships.............         271
                                     -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
 item..............................      (1,716)
Extraordinary item.................          --
                                     -----------
    Net Income (loss)..............      (1,716)
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
Unaudited pro forma data:
  Net Income (loss)................      (1,716)
  Pro forma benefit (provision) for
   income taxes (2)................         686
                                     -----------
  Pro forma net income (loss)......   $  (1,030)
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
  Pro forma net loss per
   share (3).......................   $    (.20)
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
  Pro forma weighted average number
   of common shares
   outstanding (3).................       5,035
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
  Pro forma, as adjusted, net loss
   per share (3)(4)................   $    (.13)
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
  Pro forma, as adjusted, weighted
   average number of common shares
   outstanding (3)(4)..............       7,750
                                     -----------
                                     -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,                       JUNE 30,
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------  ---------
                                                                                  PREDECESSOR                       PREDECESSOR
                                                             -----------------------------------------------------  ---------
                                                               1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995
                                                             ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
  Assisted living units owned, managed and/or operated (end
   of period)..............................................        393        393        661        661        862        661
  Assisted living resident capacity (end of period)........        784        784      1,143      1,143      1,403      1,143
  Weighted average occupancy of fully-stabilized assisted
   living facilities.......................................         99%        99%        98%        98%        98%        99%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                               1996
                                                             ---------
<S>                                                          <C>
SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
  Assisted living units owned, managed and/or operated (end
   of period)..............................................      1,623
  Assisted living resident capacity (end of period)........      2,392
  Weighted average occupancy of fully-stabilized assisted
   living facilities.......................................         99%
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          DECEMBER 31,                                 JUNE 30,
                                      -----------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------
                                                           PREDECESSOR                        PREDECESSOR    PRO FORMA AS
                                      -----------------------------------------------------  -------------     ADJUSTED
                                        1991       1992       1993       1994       1995         1996       1996 (1)(3)(4)
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  --------------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Working capital (deficit).........  $ (24,392) $ (11,233) $ (22,603) $ (17,712) $  (3,596)   $  (5,067)     $   20,377
  Total assets......................     33,119     31,825     31,381     34,294     54,407       67,853          90,740
  Long-term debt, excluding current
   portion..........................     18,500     30,547     18,500     20,461     53,808       67,816          67,816
  Partners' and Shareholders' equity
   (deficit)........................    (11,544)   (11,704)   (12,325)    (8,740)    (9,811)     (11,107)         16,214
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1)  The pro forma statement of operations data for the year ended December  31,
     1995  and  the six  months  ended June  30, 1996  gives  effect to  (a) the
     acquisition on April 1, 1996 by  the Predecessor of the operations of  Town
     Gate  Manor (Rochester, New York) and  Town Gate East (Penfield, New York);
     (b) the April 1996 acquisition of the 49.9% interest in Senior Quarters  at
     Chestnut  Ridge by an unrelated third party; (c) the pending acquisition of
     the 50% interest that the Company does not already own in the entity  which
     owns in Senior Quarters of East Northport that the Company does not already
     own  from an unrelated party for $2,600. The purchase price is payable from
     Offering proceeds ($2,100) and the issuance of 50 shares of common stock at
     an initial  public offering  price  of $10.00  ($500); (d)  operating  fees
     payable to the Kaplans as operators for various New York facilities, net of
     management fees payable to a subsidiary of the Company; (e) compensation of
     the Kaplans and additional general and administrative costs of operating as
     a  public company; (f)  the initial capitalization of  the Company; (g) the
     issuance of 4,150 shares of the Company's common stock as consideration for
     the conveyance of all of the Predecessor's assets relating to its  assisted
     living  business; and (h) the elimination  of net indebtedness and interest
     payable to  an  uncombined affiliate  of  the  Predecessor all  as  if  the
     transactions  had occurred  as of  January 1,  1995. The  pro forma balance
     sheet as of June  30, 1996 gives  effect to these  transactions as if  they
     occurred  on that date except for the transactions in (a) and (b) which are
     included in the  historical combined balance  sheet at June  30, 1996.  See
     "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information."
    
 
(2)  Includes  a pro  forma income tax  adjustment for federal  and state income
     taxes to reflect  the Predecessor as  a C  corporation. See Note  2 to  the
     Combined Financial Statements of the Predecessor.
 
   
(3)  Reflects  (a) the  assumed issuance of  common shares at  an initial public
     offering price of $10.00 to satisfy the $6,250 distribution payable to  the
     Kaplans  to be paid  from the proceeds  of the Offering  which will be used
     primarily to satisfy (i) the tax liabilities of the Kaplans expected to  be
     incurred  in connection with transactions pertaining to the transfer of the
     Predecessor's interests in the facilities to the Company ($6,000) and  (ii)
     real  estate  transfer  arising  out of  the  transaction  estimated  to be
     approximately ($250) and (b) the expected  issuance of 50 shares of  common
     stock  issued in connection with the purchase  of the 50% interest that the
     Company does already own in the  entity which owns Senior Quarters at  East
     Northport,  at  an initial  public offering  price of  $10.00 per  share to
     satisfy a portion ($500) of the total $2,600 purchase price.
    
 
   
(4)  Reflects the proposed issuance of all  3,550 shares in connection with  the
     Offering.
    
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
NOTE ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    Certain   information  contained  in  this  Prospectus  are  forward-looking
statements. Factors  set forth  in  "Risk Factors"  could affect  the  Company's
actual results and could cause the Company's actual results to differ materially
from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by, or on behalf of,
the  Company  in this  Prospectus. Prospective  investors in  the shares  of the
Company's Common Stock offered hereby should carefully consider the factors  set
forth  in "Risk Factors," in addition to the other information appearing in this
Prospectus.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Kapson Senior  Quarters  Corp. (the  "Company")  is a  leading  provider  of
assisted  living services in  the northeastern region of  the United States, and
has owned,  managed  and/or  operated assisted  living  facilities  since  1972.
Assisted  living facilities are  an increasingly popular  form of senior housing
which generally provide  a residential alternative  for elderly senior  citizens
who  need or desire help with their  activities of daily living and certain home
health  care  services,  in  a   non-institutional  environment.  Many  of   the
Predecessor's  facilities  also  provide,  through  its  Extended  Care Program,
additional specialized care and services to residents in the beginning stages of
Alzheimer's disease, dementia and other cognitive impairments. The Company owns,
manages and/or operates 15 assisted  living facilities, having in the  aggregate
1,623  units with a capacity for 2,392 residents, a majority of which facilities
are located in  New York; the  remaining facilities are  located in New  Jersey,
Connecticut  and Pennsylvania.  Of these facilities,  the Company owns  all or a
portion of eleven facilities (six facilities are wholly owned and five partially
owned, with partial  ownership interests ranging  from 10.0% to  50.1%) with  an
aggregate of 1,145 units and a capacity for 1,749 residents. Revenues from these
eleven  facilities constituted 96.7% of total revenues in 1995, with the balance
provided by management fees from the four facilities owned by unaffiliated third
parties.  In  addition,  the   Company  currently  has  under   pre-construction
development  seven assisted living facilities with  an expected aggregate of 948
units and a capacity for 1,146  residents. Prior to the Offering, the  Company's
facilities  were owned, managed  and/or operated by one  or more S corporations,
limited  partnerships   or  limited   liability  companies   of  the   Company's
predecessor, The Kapson Group (the "Predecessor"). The Kapson Group is a general
partnership  of which Glenn Kaplan, Wayne  Kaplan and Evan Kaplan (collectively,
the "Kaplans") are the sole equal partners.
 
   
    In August 1996,  the Company entered  into an agreement  to acquire the  50%
interest  it does not  already own in  the entity which  owns Senior Quarters at
East Northport for a purchase price of $2.6 million. Approximately $2.1  million
of  the purchase price is payable in cash  expected to be paid from the proceeds
of the Offering and approximately $500,000 is payable in shares of Common  Stock
of the Company.
    
 
   
    The  historical  financial  statements  of  the  Predecessor  represent  the
combined historical results of operations  and financial condition of: (i)  four
facilities  that  were  wholly  owned by  the  Predecessor  (Senior  Quarters at
Stamford, Senior Quarters at Huntington  Station, Senior Quarters at  Centereach
I,  and Senior Quarters at  Centereach II); (ii) two  wholly owned facilities of
the Predecessor that were acquired  on April 1, 1996  (Town Gate Manor and  Town
Gate  East); (iii) one facility that was  wholly owned by the Predecessor but in
which a  49.9% interest  was sold  to an  unrelated third  party in  April  1996
(Senior   Quarters  at  Chestnut  Ridge);  (iv)  an  entity  through  which  the
Predecessor controlled a 50% interest (and in August, 1996 agreed to acquire the
remaining 50% interest)  in a  newly-developed facility in  East Northport,  New
York  (Senior Quarters  at East Northport)  which began operations  on March 15,
1996; (v) an entity through which  the Company owned a 23.75% minority  interest
in  Change Bridge Inn; (vi)  two entities through which  the Predecessor owned a
minority interest in facilities that were under construction (an 11% interest in
Senior Quarters  at  Glen  Riddle and  a  10%  interest in  Senior  Quarters  at
Jamesburg);  (vii) a management company which received management fees from five
related and  four  unrelated  entities,  and  (viii)  an  entity  that  provided
administrative support to the Predecessor and other affiliated entities.
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
    On  June 7, 1996, the Company was  formed in order to consolidate and expand
the assisted living business of the Predecessor. At or prior to the consummation
of the  Offering, the  Predecessor shall  have transferred  to the  Company  the
following: (i) certain wholly owned subsidiaries of the Predecessor that own the
entire  fee in the land and building  underlying six facilities (Town Gate East,
Town Gate  Manor, Senior  Quarters  at Huntington  Station, Senior  Quarters  at
Centereach  I,  Senior  Quarters  at  Centereach  II,  and  Senior  Quarters  at
Stamford); (ii) certain wholly owned  subsidiaries of the Predecessor that  own,
directly  or  indirectly, less  than the  entire  fee in  the land  and building
underlying five  facilities  (23.75%  of  Change Bridge  Inn,  50.1%  of  Senior
Quarters  at Chestnut Ridge,  50% of Senior  Quarters at East  Northport, 10% of
Senior Quarters at Jamesburg, and 11% of Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle);  (iii)
two  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of the  Predecessor  that  provided management
services for all  the foregoing facilities,  in addition to  four facilities  in
which  the  Predecessor did  not have  an equity  interest (Castle  Gardens, The
Regency at  Glen Cove,  Senior  Quarters at  Lynbrook,  and Senior  Quarters  at
Cranford);  (iv)  the  Predecessor's interests  in  pre-construction development
projects for seven facilities (located in Patterson, NY; Albany, NY;  Briarcliff
Manor,  NY;  Tinton  Falls,  NJ;  Riverdale,  NY;  Westchester  County,  NY; and
Northampton County,  PA);  and (v)  all  of its  other  assets relating  to  its
assisted  living business. In addition,  at or prior to  the consummation of the
Offering certain agreements and/or assignments of pre-existing agreements  shall
have  been  executed pursuant  to  which the  Kaplans  act as  the  operators of
substantially all of the Company's New York facilities and be paid an  operating
fee  of which a portion is paid to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company as a
fee for management services. See "Certain Transactions." With respect to  Senior
Quarters  at East Northport, management fees accrue but shall not be paid in any
year until the  co-owner of that  property recovers a  preferred rate of  return
upon his equity investment.
    
 
    In  consideration of the  transfer of the Company  facilities to the Company
described in the foregoing paragraph, the Company shall have, at or prior to the
consummation of the Offering: (i) issued to the Kaplans, as sole equal  partners
of  the Predecessor, 4,150,000 shares of Common  Stock, and paid to them the sum
of $6.0 million (representing the approximate amount of a tax liability expected
to be incurred  by the Kaplans  as a  result of transactions  pertaining to  the
transfer of the Predecessor's facilities to the Company), and (ii) agreed to pay
all real estate transfer taxes arising out of such transactions (estimated to be
approximately $250,000).
 
    The  pro forma  combined statement  of operations  and balance  sheet of the
Company therefore differ from the historical financial statements in significant
respects. They give  effect to:  (a) the  acquisition on  April 1,  1996 by  the
Predecessor  of the operations of Town Gate Manor (Rochester, New York) and Town
Gate East (Penfield,  New York);  (b) the April  1996 acquisition  of the  49.9%
interest  in Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge  by an unrelated third party; (c)
the pending acquisition of the 50% interest that it does not already own in  the
entity  which owns Senior Quarters at East Northport; (d) operating fees payable
to the Kaplans as operators for  various New York facilities, net of  management
fees payable to a subsidiary of the Company; (e) compensation of the Kaplans and
additional  general and administrative  costs of operating  as a public company;
(f) the initial  capitalization of the  Company; (g) the  issuance of  4,150,000
shares  of the Company's common stock as consideration for the conveyance of all
of the Predecessor's assets  relating to its assisted  living business; and  (h)
the  elimination  of  net indebtedness  and  interest payable  to  an uncombined
affiliate of the  Predecessor, all  as if the  transactions had  occurred as  of
January  1, 1995 and June 30, 1996, respectively, except for the transactions in
(a) and (b) above, which are included in the historical balance sheet as of June
30, 1996. They also give effect to a pro forma income tax adjustment for federal
and state income taxes  to reflect the  Predecessor as a  C corporation. As  the
Company  is newly formed,  all references in  this Prospectus to  the Company in
connection with historical financial data or otherwise include the Predecessor.
 
    The revenues of  the Company  are derived  primarily from  two sources:  (i)
revenue from assisted living services, and (ii) management and/or operating fees
for  the management  and/or operation  of facilities owned  in whole  or part by
third  parties.  Historically,  most  revenues  consisted  of  assisted   living
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
service  revenue which  comprised 96.7% of  gross revenues in  1995. The Company
expects that revenues from ancillary services that it provides to the  residents
of its facilities, such as home health care and the Extended Care Program (which
have  not been  significant to  date), will  increase as  a percentage  of total
revenue as the  Company seeks  to expand  the number  of such  services that  it
offers at its facilities.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
 
    REVENUES.   Assisted living  revenues increased to $9.5  million for the six
months ended June 30, 1996,  compared to $7.0 million  for the six months  ended
June  30, 1995, an increase  of 35.7%. The increase  is attributable to: (i) the
opening of Senior  Quarters at Chestnut  Ridge on September  1, 1995 and  Senior
Quarters  at  East Northport  on  March 15,  1996  which contributed  revenue of
$827,000 and $744,000, respectively; and (ii) the acquisition of Town Gate  East
and  Town Gate  Manor on  April 1,  1996 which  contributed combined  revenue of
$947,000. Excluding Senior Quarters at  Chestnut Ridge, Senior Quarters at  East
Northport,  Town Gate  East and Town  Gate Manor, assisted  living revenues were
approximately equivalent  for the  six  months ended  June  30, 1996  and  1995.
Management  believes that assisted living revenues for the six months ended June
30, 1996 were negatively  impacted by inclement  weather experienced during  the
first  quarter of 1996 which  resulted in decreased occupancy  at certain of the
Company's  facilities,  which  was   approximately  offset  by  fee   increases.
Management  fee revenue increased to $432,000 for  the six months ended June 30,
1996, compared to $209,000 for the six  months ended June 30, 1995, an  increase
of  106.7%. The increase was primarily attributable to Change Bridge Inn, Senior
Quarters at Jamesburg, Castle  Gardens, Senior Quarters  at Lynbrook and  Senior
Quarters  at Glen Riddle which the Company assumed management responsibility for
on August 8, 1995, February 1, 1996, January 1, 1996, June 1, 1996, and June 19,
1996, respectively.
 
    OPERATING EXPENSES.   Assisted living operating  expenses increased to  $6.3
million for the six months ended June 30, 1996, compared to $3.9 million for the
six  months  ended June  30,  1995, an  increase of  59.0%.  As a  percentage of
assisted living  revenues, assisted  living operating  expenses were  65.6%  and
56.0%  for  the six  months  ended June  30,  1996 and  1995,  respectively. The
increase in  assisted living  operating  expenses as  a percentage  of  assisted
living  revenues is primarily attributable to  the opening of Senior Quarters at
Chestnut Ridge and Senior  Quarters at East Northport  on September 1, 1995  and
March  15, 1996,  respectively. As is  consistent with  the Company's experience
during the "rent-up" of a new facility, assisted living operating expenses as  a
percentage  of assisted living revenues are higher  than they are for a facility
which is  operating at  or near  full occupancy.  Excluding Senior  Quarters  at
Chestnut  Ridge and Senior Quarters at East Northport, assisted living operating
expenses as a percentage of assisted  living revenues would have been 59.6%  and
55.3%  for  the six  months  ended June  30,  1996 and  1995,  respectively. The
increase in  assisted living  operating  expenses as  a percentage  of  assisted
living  revenues during the six months ended  June 30, 1996 is also attributable
to: (i)  inclement  winter  weather  during the  first  quarter  of  1996  which
adversely affected revenues and increased operating expenses; and (ii) increased
payroll and employee benefits related to start-up costs for one of the Company's
ALP  facilities and the  introduction of the Company's  Extended Care Program at
another facility. General and  administrative expense was  $1.3 million for  the
six  months ended June 30,  1996, compared to $730,000  for the six months ended
June 30, 1995.  As a percentage  of total revenues,  general and  administrative
expense  was 12.8% and  10.1% for the six  months ended June  30, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. The increase is primarily the  result of: (i) $389,000 related  to
higher  payroll  and  employee  benefit costs  in  connection  with  a strategic
decision by the  Company to invest  in its management  and facility  development
capabilities  in order to support future growth through development, acquisition
and management of additional facilities; and  (ii) costs related to the  opening
of  Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge and  Senior Quarters at East Northport and
preparations for the opening of the Senior Quarters at Lynbrook, Senior Quarters
at Patterson, Senior Quarters at Jamesburg and Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.   Interest expense  was $2.8  million for  the six  months
ended  June 30, 1996, compared to $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30,
1995, an increase of 71.8%. The increase is
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
attributable to: (i) the opening of Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge and Senior
Quarters at East Northport facilities on  September 1, 1995 and March 15,  1996,
respectively;  and (ii) the acquisition of Town Gate East and Town Gate Manor on
April 1, 1996.  Interest expense  with respect  to Senior  Quarters at  Chestnut
Ridge  and  Senior Quarters  at East  Northport was  capitalized prior  to their
opening.
 
    NET INCOME (LOSS).   Net  income (loss) was  ($925,000) for  the six  months
ended  June 30,  1996, compared to  $281,000 for  the six months  ended June 30,
1995. The decrease  in net  income is  primarily the  result of  the opening  of
Senior  Quarters at Chestnut Ridge and Senior Quarters at East Northport and, to
a lesser  extent,  higher payroll  and  benefit  costs in  connection  with  the
Company's  expansion  plans. Excluding  Senior  Quarters at  Chestnut  Ridge and
Senior Quarters at East Northport, net  income (loss) would have been  ($59,000)
and  $495,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The
Company was not required to and did  not pay federal or state income taxes.  The
minority  interest for  the six  months ended  June 30,  1996 is  related to the
partial ownership of Senior  Quarters at East Northport  and Senior Quarters  at
Chestnut Ridge by unrelated third parties.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994.
 
    REVENUES.   Assisted living revenues increased to $14.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 1995, compared to  $13.3 million for the year ended  December
31,  1994,  an  increase of  6.9%.  The  increase is  attributable  primarily to
increased rental rates and to the  opening of Senior Quarters at Chestnut  Ridge
on  September  1, 1995,  which  contributed revenue  of  approximately $283,000.
Excluding Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge, assisted living revenues  increased
4.8%.  Management fee revenue increased to  $443,000 for the year ended December
31, 1995, compared to $348,000 for the year ended December 31, 1994, an increase
of 27.3%.  The  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to  Senior  Quarters  at
Cranford,  a facility managed by  the Company which opened  in late 1993 and for
which revenue increased significantly in 1995  due to a full year of  stabilized
occupancy.
 
    OPERATING  EXPENSES.  Assisted  living operating expenses  increased to $8.3
million for the year ended December 31,  1995, compared to $7.8 million for  the
year  ended December 31, 1994, an increase  of 6.1%. As a percentage of assisted
living revenues, assisted living operating expenses were 58.2% and 58.7% for the
years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Excluding: (i) pre-opening
expenses and negative margins during the "rent-up" period for Senior Quarters at
Chestnut Ridge; and  (ii) a one-time  tax refund  related to a  real estate  tax
grievance,  assisted living operating expenses would be 57.1% of assisted living
revenues for  the  year ended  December  31, 1995.  General  and  administrative
expense  was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1995, compared to $1.1
million for  the year  ended  December 31,  1994, an  increase  of 45.3%.  As  a
percentage  of total revenues, general and  administrative expense was 11.2% and
8.3% for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The  increase
is primarily the result of: (i) approximately $160,000 related to higher payroll
and  employee  benefit costs  in  connection with  a  strategic decision  by the
Company to invest  in its  management and facility  development capabilities  in
order  to support future growth; and  (ii) approximately $228,000 of general and
administrative expenses  related to  the Company's  expansion, including  Senior
Quarters at Chestnut Ridge, Change Bridge Inn and Castle Gardens.
 
    INTEREST  EXPENSE.   Interest expense  was $3.7  million for  the year ended
December 31, 1995,  compared to  $3.3 million for  the year  ended December  31,
1994,  an  increase of  13.5%.  The increase  is  primarily attributable  to the
opening of Senior  Quarters at Chestnut  Ridge at which  point interest  expense
with respect to this facility was no longer capitalized.
 
   
    INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.  Income (loss) before extraordinary
item  was ($353,000) for the year ended  December 31, 1995, compared to $107,000
for the year ended December  31, 1994. The decrease  in net income is  primarily
the  result  of the  opening of  Senior  Quarters at  Chestnut Ridge  and higher
payroll costs in connection with the Company's expansion plans. The Company  was
not required to pay and did not pay federal or state income taxes.
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    EXTRAORDINARY  ITEM.   For  the year  ended December  31, 1994,  the Company
recorded an  extraordinary gain  of  $4.4 million.  This  gain resulted  from  a
settlement  with various lenders  to satisfy certain  outstanding mortgage notes
payable and accrued interest payable at a $4.4 million discount. The Predecessor
simultaneously refinanced this debt with other lenders at then prevailing market
rates.
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993.
 
    REVENUES.  Assisted living revenues increased to $13.4 million for the  year
ended  December 31, 1994, compared to $12.6  million for the year ended December
31, 1993,  an  increase of  5.7%.  The  increase is  attributable  primarily  to
increased  rental rates.  Management fee revenue  increased to  $348,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1994, compared  to $248,000 for the year ended  December
31,  1993, an increase of 40.4%. The  increase was primarily attributable to The
Regency  at  Glen  Cove,  a  facility  which  the  Company  assumed   management
responsibility for in 1993 and received a full year of management fees in 1994.
 
    OPERATING  EXPENSES.  Assisted  living operating expenses  increased to $7.8
million for the year ended December 31,  1994, compared to $7.6 million for  the
year  ended December 31, 1993, an increase  of 3.2%. As a percentage of assisted
living revenues, assisted living operating expenses were 58.7% and 60.1% for the
years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively. During 1994, however,  the
decrease was limited by the fact that the Company experienced an increase in its
employee  health care benefit  costs as a  percentage of wages  and salaries. In
response to this increase, on July 1, 1995, the Company changed its health  care
benefit  program to offer  a more cost-effective  managed care option  and, as a
result, employee health care benefit costs as a percentage of wages and salaries
decreased. General  and administrative  expense was  $1.1 million  for the  year
ended  December 31, 1994, compared  to $727,000 for the  year ended December 31,
1993, an  increase of  57.0%. As  a percentage  of total  revenues, general  and
administrative  expense was 8.3% and 5.6% for  the years ended December 31, 1994
and 1993,  respectively. The  increase  is primarily  the  result of  hiring  of
additional personnel to support anticipated growth.
 
    INTEREST  EXPENSE.   Interest expense  was $3.3  million for  the year ended
December 31, 1994,  compared to  $3.4 million for  the year  ended December  31,
1993.
 
    INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.  Income (loss) before extraordinary
item  was $107,000 for the  year ended December 31,  1994, compared to ($69,000)
for the year ended December 31, 1993. The increase is primarily due to  improved
operating  margins, and reduced interest payments which were partially offset by
higher interest expense to affiliates.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.   For  the year  ended December  31, 1994,  the  Company
recorded  an  extraordinary gain  of  $4.4 million.  This  gain resulted  from a
settlement with various  lenders to satisfy  certain outstanding mortgage  notes
payable and accrued interest payable at a $4.4 million discount. The predecessor
simultaneously refinanced this debt with other lenders at then prevailing market
rates.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Net  cash provided by (used in)  operating activities was ($1.1 million) for
the six months  ended June 30,  1996, compared  to $513,000 for  the six  months
ended  June 30, 1995. The decrease is  primarily attributable to: (i) a net loss
for the six  months ended  June 30,  1996, compared to  net income  for the  six
months  ended June  30, 1995;  (ii) a  minority interest  in the  net loss  of a
partnership owning Senior Quarters  at East Northport; and  (iii) a decrease  in
accounts payable and accrued expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities
was $3.1 million, $1.7 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31,
1995,  1994 and 1993,  respectively. The increase  in 1995, compared  to 1994 is
primarily attributable to an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
 
    Net cash used in investing activities  was $14.4 million for the six  months
ended  June 30, 1996, compared to $8.2 million for the six months ended June 30,
1995. Net cash  used in  investing activities  was $17.6  million, $468,000  and
$505,000  for the  years ended December  31, 1995, 1994  and 1993, respectively.
Substantially all of the  cash used in investing  activities for the six  months
ended June 30,
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
1996  and 1995  and the  year ended  December 31,  1995 was  for the development
and/or acquisition of new facilities (which was partially offset by the sale  of
a  minority  interest in  Senior Quarters  at Chestnut  Ridge for  $1.2 million)
during the six months ended June 30, 1996, compared to facility improvements and
equipment purchased and an increase  in restricted mortgage escrow funds  during
the  years  ended  December  31,  1994 and  1993.  Net  cash  used  in investing
activities for the  year ended December  31, 1994 was  offset by the  sale of  a
minority  interest in  Senior Quarters at  East Northport for  $1.5 million. Net
cash used in investing  activities was funded  primarily through long-term  debt
and cash provided by operations.
 
    Net  cash provided  by financing  activities was  $13.8 million  for the six
months ended June 30, 1996,  compared to $7.5 million  for the six months  ended
June  30, 1995. Net cash provided  by financing activities primarily consists of
the proceeds of long-term debt offset by principal repayments of long-term  debt
and  distributions to partners and shareholders. The increase for the six months
ended June 30, 1996  is primarily the result  of long-term debt associated  with
the  completion  and  opening  of  Senior Quarters  at  East  Northport  and the
acquisition of Town Gate Manor  and Town Gate East.  Net cash provided by  (used
in)  financing activities was  $16.0 million, ($661,000)  and ($963,000) for the
years ended December  31, 1995, 1994,  and 1993, respectively.  The increase  in
1995,  compared to  1994, is primarily  the result of  long-term debt associated
with Senior Quarters at  East Northport. Net cash  used in financing  activities
was  negative in  1994 and 1993  as a result  of payments on  long-term debt and
deferred financing costs  incurred by  the Company and  shareholder and  partner
distributions.
 
   
    Historically,  the  Company has  operated  with significant  working capital
deficits primarily as a consequence of current liabilities owed to an uncombined
affiliate of  the  Predecessor as  well  as certain  financing  activities.  The
working  capital deficit for the  Company was $4.3 million  at June 30, 1996 and
$3.6 million and  $17.7 million  at December  31, 1995  and 1994,  respectively.
Excluding  current liabilities owed  to an affiliate of  the Company (which will
not be an  obligation of the  Company), the Company's  working capital  position
would  have been  a deficit of  $1.4 million at  June 30, 1996  and $296,000 and
$14.6 million at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. At December 31, 1994,
the Company's  working capital  position  was adversely  impacted by  the  $15.0
million  current portion  of long-term debt.  Such current  portion of long-term
debt was $246,000 at December 31, 1995.  On a pro forma basis, which reflects  a
$6.0  million  payment  to partners  and  stockholders  and an  assumption  of a
liability currently  estimated  to  be  approximately  $250,000,  the  Company's
working  capital  deficit at  June  30, 1996  was  $10.6 million.  Following the
Offering and  the  application of  the  estimated net  proceeds  therefrom,  the
Company will have pro forma working capital of $20.4 million.
    
 
   
    The  various  facilities  owned  by  the  Company,  excluding minority-owned
facilities, were  subject to  mortgage indebtedness  in an  aggregate amount  of
approximately  $68.7 million at  June 30, 1996.  The mortgage indebtedness bears
interest at market rates, currently ranging from 7.7% to 10.5%. In January 1995,
the Predecessor  obtained a  $40.0 million  acquisition and  development  credit
facility  with  Health  Care REIT,  Inc.  ("HCR"), pursuant  to  which temporary
construction financing bears interest at 3.5%  above the base rate announced  by
The  National City  Bank of  Cleveland but not  less than  11.25%, and permanent
financing bears interest at the rate of a ten-year U.S. Treasury Note plus 4.25%
per annum. The permanent financing rate  increases by 30 basis points per  year.
Approximately  $22.1  million of  the  HCR credit  facility  has been  drawn for
specific projects and is secured by four facilities (Senior Quarters at Chestnut
Ridge, Town Gate Manor, Town Gate East and the project at Briarcliff Manor, NY);
an additional  $9.1 million  has been  allocated to  the project  at  Briarcliff
Manor,  NY. Effective as  of the date of  the Offering, the  Company will have a
$140.0 million acquisition and development credit facility with HCR, pursuant to
which temporary construction  financing bears  interest at 3.5%  above the  base
rate  announced by The  National City Bank of  Cleveland and permanent financing
bears interest at the rate of a ten-year U.S. Treasury Note plus either 4.0% per
annum for  mortgage indebtedness  or  3.75% per  annum for  permanent  operating
leases. The permanent financing rate increases by 25 basis points per annum. The
amounts  drawn on the original $40.0 million HCR credit facility will be applied
against the new $140.0 million facility. The HCR credit facility requires, as  a
condition  to future drawings, that the  Company meet certain financial tests on
the   date   of   each   closing,   including   that   the   Company   have    a
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
   
minimum net worth of $14.0 million ($20.0 million once aggregate drawings exceed
$100.0  million); that the subject facility's  payment coverage of net operating
income to debt service be not less  than 1.25 to 1.0 (including management  fees
equal  to 5% of gross  revenue and a replacement reserve  equal to $400 per unit
per year) after the first  12 months of operation;  that the Company maintain  a
current  ratio of 1.25 to 1.0 and a  minimum cash balance of $2.5 million at all
times; and that the Company's debt to equity ratio not exceed certain designated
levels. The  HCR  credit  line  also imposes  certain  negative  covenants  that
prohibit,  without the  prior written  consent of  the lender:  (i) transfers of
interests in the subject  facility; (ii) changes in  ownership or management  of
the  Company or the subject facility; (iii)  the creation of certain other types
of indebtedness of the subject facility;  (iv) the modification of any  material
contracts;  (v) mergers, consolidations, sale of substantially all of the assets
or other  structural changes  with  respect to  the  subsidiary which  owns  the
facility;  and (vi) mergers,  consolidations, or transfers of  any assets by the
Company which would cause the net worth of the Company to fall below the amounts
specified above.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  consent  is not  required  in
connection  with the public trading of the shares offered hereby, or for certain
transfers of shares by the Kaplans. Indebtedness on two other properties (Senior
Quarters at  Huntington  Station  and  Senior Quarters  at  Stamford)  having  a
combined outstanding balance of $15.5 million matures in February 1999, at which
time  all unpaid principal balances,  if any, become due  and payable. While the
Company expects to refinance such debt with the existing lender or with  another
financing  source, there can  be no assurance  that the Company  will be able to
obtain such refinancing on terms acceptable  to the Company, which could  result
in an adverse effect on the Company's operating results and financial condition.
    
 
    With  respect  to  current  indebtedness on  Senior  Quarters  at Huntington
Station and Senior  Quarters at Stamford,  which matures in  February 1999,  the
lending arrangements contain an equity participation feature payable at maturity
in an amount which is the greater of (a) $480,000 or (b) 25% of appraised market
value  over  $17.5 million.  The  Company is  negotiating  to remove  the equity
participation features of these loans, but  there can be no assurance that  such
negotiations will be successful.
 
   
    The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering, after deducting estimated
underwriting  discount  and  offering  expenses  payable  by  the  Company,  are
approximately $30.1 million ($32.6  million if the Underwriters'  over-allotment
option  is exercised in  full). Approximately $20.0 million  of the net proceeds
will be used to fund the  Company's equity investment in identified  development
and  acquisition projects  for seven  assisted living  facilities having  in the
aggregate 948 units and a capacity for 1,146 residents. Accordingly, the Company
estimates that  this portion  of the  proceeds will  be sufficient  to fund  its
development  and acquisition activities for the next 12 months. The Company will
use a portion of the net proceeds to fund: (i) payment to the Kaplans of the sum
of $6.0  million (representing  the  approximate tax  liability expected  to  be
incurred  by  the  Kaplans in  connection  with transactions  pertaining  to the
transfer by the Predecessor of its facilities to the Company); and (ii) all real
estate transfer taxes  arising out  of the transfer  by the  Predecessor of  its
facilities  to the Company (estimated to be approximately $250,000). The Company
also expects to use approximately $2.1 million (together with newly issued stock
with an approximate value of $500,000) to acquire the 50% interest that it  does
not  already own in the entity which owns Senior Quarters at East Northport. The
Company will use the  balance of the net  proceeds to fund additional  currently
unspecified  development and  acquisitions and  for working  capital to  be used
primarily for pre-development and pre-acquisition costs the Company  anticipates
incurring in connection with its development and acquisition program and general
corporate  purposes. See "Use  of Proceeds" and  "Certain Transactions." Pending
the uses outlined above, funds will be placed into short-term investment such as
governmental obligations, bank  certificates of  deposit, banker's  acceptances,
repurchase  agreements,  short-term debt  obligations,  money market  funds, and
interest bearing accounts.
    
 
    The Company's  growth  strategy  contemplates  developing  and/or  acquiring
approximately  30  facilities  containing in  the  aggregate 3,500  units  and a
capacity for 4,100 residents by the end  of 1999. The Company intends to  either
develop  facilities  by  constructing  new  facilities  or  converting  existing
buildings into new facilities, or  acquiring existing facilities. Over the  past
three  years,  the average  cost for  the  development or  acquisition of  a new
facility  has   ranged   from  $8.0   million   to  $22.0   million,   with   an
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
average  of $13.5  million. Based  on this average,  the 30  facilities that the
Company contemplates  developing through  1999 will  cost an  aggregate of  $405
million. The Company's primary focus is the northeastern United States, which is
traditionally  one  of the  most expensive  areas for  development because  of a
variety  of  factors,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  cost  of   land,
construction, zoning and regulatory compliance.
 
    The  Company intends to  finance its growth  strategy for the  next three to
five years through a variety of sources, including the proceeds of the Offering,
bank and other financing, long-term operating leases with REITs, future debt  or
equity  offerings, joint  ventures and other  sources. To a  limited extent, the
Company may also  use other  forms of financing  such as  taxable or  tax-exempt
long-term  debt, including publicly issued debt.  Because the Company intends to
use such  financing for  its  properties, the  amount  of its  indebtedness  may
increase as the Company pursues its growth strategy. As a result of existing and
future  indebtedness, a substantial  portion of the Company's  cash flow will be
devoted to  debt  service. There  can  be no  assurance  that the  Company  will
generate  sufficient cash  flow from operations  to cover  required interest and
principal payments. If the  Company were unable to  meet interest and  principal
payments,  it could be required to seek  renegotiation of such payments with its
lenders or  obtain  additional  equity  or  debt  financing.  There  can  be  no
assurance,  however, that such efforts will be  successful or timely or that the
terms of any such financing or  refinancing would be acceptable to the  Company.
Further,  in  the  event of  future  financings and  refinancings,  increases in
prevailing interest rates could increase the Company's debt service obligations.
 
IMPACT OF CERTAIN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued  Statement
of  Financial Standard No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS
No.  123),  which  prescribes  a  new  method  of  accounting  for   stock-based
compensation  that determined compensation expense  based on fair value measured
at the grant  date. SFAS No.  123 gives  companies that grant  stock options  or
other  equity instruments  to employees  the option  of either  adopting the new
rules or continuing current accounting; however, disclosure would be required of
the pro forma  amounts as if  the new rules  had been adopted.  SFAS No. 123  is
effective  for  transactions  entered  into in  fiscal  years  that  begin after
December 15, 1995.  The Company has  not yet  decided whether to  adopt the  new
method of accounting.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES
 
    Assisted  living revenue and management fees from assisted living facilities
are the primary sources of revenue  earned by the Company. These properties  are
affected  by rental rates which are  highly dependent upon market conditions and
the  competitive  environments  where  the  facilities  are  located.   Employee
compensation  is  the principal  cost element  of property  operations. Although
there can be no assurance it will continue  to do so, the Company has been  able
historically  to offset the effects of inflation on salaries and other operating
expenses by increasing rental rates.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    Kapson Senior  Quarters  Corp. (the  "Company")  is a  leading  provider  of
assisted  living services in  the northeastern region of  the United States, and
has owned,  managed  and/or  operated assisted  living  facilities  since  1972.
Assisted  living facilities provide a residential alternative for elderly senior
citizens who need or desire assistance with their activities of daily living and
certain home  health  care  services,  in  a  non-institutional  environment.  A
majority  of the  Company's assisted  living facilities  are operated  under the
"Senior Quarters" trademark.
 
    The Company's operating  philosophy is  to provide services  and care  which
meet  the individual needs of  its residents, and to  enhance their physical and
mental well-being, thereby  allowing residents  to live  longer and  to "age  in
place."  The Company's facilities are designed to provide premium accommodations
and a comprehensive, bundled package of  standard services for a single  monthly
fee.  These facilities offer, on a  24-hour basis, personal, supportive and home
health care services  appropriate for  their residents in  a home-like  setting,
which  allow  residents  to maintain  their  independence and  quality  of life.
Furthermore, many  of  the  Company's  facilities,  through  its  Extended  Care
Program, also offer additional specialized care and services to residents in the
beginning   stages  of   Alzheimer's  disease,  dementia   and  other  cognitive
impairments. At June 30, 1996, the average monthly fee for standard services  at
the Company's facilities was approximately $2,980 per unit. The Company believes
that its facilities are generally larger than typical assisted living facilities
in  terms of  units and  resident capacity.  Its prototype  development facility
consists of 125 units with  capacity for up to 200  residents. Over 50 years  of
combined  experience in the  assisted living industry have  led the three senior
executives  of  the  Company,  Glenn  Kaplan,  Wayne  Kaplan  and  Evan   Kaplan
(collectively,  the "Kaplans"),  to develop  and implement  this prototype which
enhances operating margins by capitalizing on economies of scale.
 
    The Company owns, manages and/or operates 15 assisted living facilities with
an aggregate of 1,623 units and a  capacity for 2,392 residents, located in  New
York, New Jersey, Connecticut and Pennsylvania. Of these facilities, the Company
owns  all or a  portion of eleven  facilities (six entirely  and five partially,
with partial ownership interests ranging from 10.0% to 50.1%) with an  aggregate
of  1,145 units and  a capacity for  1,749 residents. Revenue  from these eleven
facilities constituted 96.7% of  the Company's 1995  revenues, with the  balance
provided by management fees from the four facilities owned by unaffiliated third
parties.   In  addition,  the  Company   currently  has  under  pre-construction
development seven assisted living  facilities in these  states with an  expected
aggregate  of 948 units and  a capacity for 1,146  residents. The average age of
residents at  the Company's  facilities  is approximately  85, and  the  average
length  of stay is  24 months. At  June 30, 1996,  the Company's facilities that
were stabilized (I.E., in operation for  at least twelve months) had a  weighted
average  occupancy rate of  99.0%, with many of  them maintaining waiting lists.
Furthermore, such facilities  have operated at  a 98.0% occupancy  rate for  the
past  five calendar years. Management attributes its success in maintaining high
monthly fees and occupancy levels  to a number of  factors, such as the  premium
nature  of its  facilities; the comprehensive  bundling of  standard services as
part of  a single  package and  the quality  of those  services; referrals  from
former  residents, their  families and health  care professionals;  and the long
tenure and low turnover of its  staff, which produces strong relationships  with
the residents and their families.
 
    Under  applicable New York law and regulations, a publicly traded for-profit
corporation is not permitted to be the licensed operator of a licensed facility,
although legislation  recently  enacted  in New  York  permits  privately  owned
for-profit corporations to operate certain types of licensed facilities. See "--
Government  Regulation." The Kaplans individually  are the licensed operators of
all the  Company's licensed  facilities in  New York  (except for  one which  is
operated  by its not-for-profit owner),  and the Kaplans may  in the future form
one or  more corporations  to  operate these  facilities. These  facilities  are
operated  pursuant to either an operating  agreement between the Company and the
licensed operators or the pre-existing agreement with the applicable third party
owner of the facility that  has been assigned to  the licensed operators by  the
Company. The licensed operators have, in turn, engaged a wholly owned subsidiary
of  the Company  to provide certain  management services to  each such facility.
This
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
basic structure,  and  substantially  similar agreements,  are  also  used  with
respect  to one New York facility that  is an independent living facility which,
as such, is not a licensed  facility. See "Certain Transactions --  Arrangements
Regarding Operation of Certain Facilities."
 
    The  Company  was formed  in order  to consolidate  and expand  the assisted
living facility business of The Kapson Group, a New York general partnership  of
which  the sole equal partners are the  Kaplans, who are brothers. In connection
with the Offering, a series of  transactions designed to consolidate The  Kapson
Group's assisted living facility business in the Company are being entered into.
See  "Business -- Government Regulation" and "Certain Transactions." The address
of the Company's  headquarters is 242  Crossways Park West,  Woodbury, New  York
11797.  Its telephone number is (516) 921-8900 and its facsimile number is (516)
921-8998. The Company is a Delaware corporation incorporated on June 7, 1996.
 
THE ASSISTED LIVING INDUSTRY
 
    THE ASSISTED LIVING MARKET.  The long-term care industry encompasses a  wide
continuum  of services and residential arrangements for elderly senior citizens.
Skilled nursing facilities provide  the highest level of  care and are  designed
for  elderly senior citizens who need  chronic nursing and medical attention and
are not able to live on their  own. Further, skilled nursing facilities tend  to
be  one  of  the  most expensive  alternatives  while  providing  elderly senior
citizens with limited  independence and  a diminished  quality of  life. On  the
other end of the continuum is home-based care, which typically is provided in an
individual's  private  residence.  While  this  alternative  allows  the elderly
individual to "age in place" in his  or her home and, in certain instances,  can
provide  most of the services  available at a skilled  nursing facility, it does
not foster  any  sense of  community  or the  ability  to participate  in  group
activities.
 
    Assisted  living facilities  generally are designed  to fill the  gap in the
middle of this continuum. Assisted living facilities have been described by  the
Assisted  Living  Facilities Association  of  America ("ALFAA")  as  providing a
special combination of  housing and  personal, supportive and  home health  care
services designed to respond to the individual needs of those who need or desire
help  with  their  activities  of  daily  living,  including  personal  care and
household  management.  According  to   ALFAA,  residents  of  assisted   living
facilities  are  generally in  their eighties.  Services  in an  assisted living
facility are  generally available  24 hours  a  day to  meet the  scheduled  and
unscheduled   needs  of   residents,  thereby  promoting   maximum  dignity  and
independence.
 
   
    The assisted living industry is  highly fragmented, with only  approximately
5%  of the industry's beds represented by the top 30 industry participants based
on 1995  studies.  However,  the  Company  believes  that  substantial  industry
consolidation  is  underway.  At  present,  the  industry  is  characterized  by
participants who operate only a limited number of facilities and who  frequently
can  offer only basic  assistance with a  limited number of  activities of daily
living. The Company believes that it is characterized by the following: (i)  the
ability  to offer premium accommodations and  a comprehensive bundle of standard
services for a  single inclusive monthly  fee; (ii) sophisticated,  professional
management  structures  and highly  trained  employees; (iii)  a cost-efficient,
user-specific prototype facility; (iv) experience in providing home health  care
services,  and  (v)  the  proven  ability  to  operate  in  a  highly  regulated
environment such as that in the State of New York.
    
 
    TRENDS AFFECTING THE  INDUSTRY.   The Company believes  its assisted  living
business  benefits  from  the  following  demographic  trends,  cost-containment
initiatives, long-term care facility supply and demand imbalances and quality of
life advantages affecting the long-term care industry:
 
    AGING POPULATION.   The  continued  aging of  the United  States  population
results  in increased  demand for  care of  elderly senior  citizens. This group
represents one of the fastest growing segments of the population, and requires a
disproportionately high percentage  of health care  services. According to  U.S.
Bureau of the Census data, the number of people in the United States aged 75 and
older increased
by  approximately  47% from  1981 to  1995,  growing from  10.1 million  to 14.8
million. The segment of the population over 85 years of age, which comprises the
largest group of residents at the Company's facilities, is projected,  according
to   U.S.  Census   data,  to   increase  by   approximately  42%   between  the
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
years 1990 and 2000 in the United States. Furthermore, according to  projections
by  the U.S. Bureau of the Census, by  the year 2010, six million members of the
United States population will be  aged 85 years or  over, and, according to  the
Agency  for Health  and Policy Research,  an estimated 57%  of these individuals
will need help with one or more activities of daily living. The Company believes
that the aforementioned  statistics and  the significant growth  of the  elderly
population  in comparison  to the general  population, as depicted  in the graph
below, will contribute to continued strong demand for assisted living services.
 
   PROJECTED PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN THE ELDERLY POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATES
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              85+       75-84     GENERAL POPULATION
<S>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1980            0.0%       0.0%                  0.0%
1990           34.9%      29.5%                  9.8%
2000           93.4%      59.8%                 19.4%
2010          166.0%      69.0%                 23.9%
2020          210.6%      98.4%                 26.8%
</TABLE>
 
                                              Source: U.S. Bureau of the Census.
 
     CHANGING FAMILY DYNAMICS.  Changing family dynamics increase the likelihood
that families  will utilize  the  assisted living  alternative. Because  of  the
growing  number of two-income  households as well  as the increased geographical
separation of elderly family members from their children and grandchildren, many
families (especially those with children at home) are not able to care for their
elderly  relatives  in  their  homes.  Historically,  unpaid  women   (typically
daughters   or  daughters-in-law)  have  represented  a  large  portion  of  the
care-givers of  the  non-institutionalized  elderly. Consequently,  due  to  the
increased  number of women in the labor force, there has been a reduction in the
supply of in-home family care-givers.  Other factors, including the increase  in
single-parent  households, as well  as wider geographic  dispersion of families,
have contributed to the growing inability of families to care for their  elderly
relatives in the home.
 
    INCREASED  AFFLUENCE  OF  THE ELDERLY.    The  net worth  of  elderly senior
citizens has increased  and, consequently,  many can  better afford  to pay  for
third-party  care. Many seniors have accumulated equity through savings plans as
well as home ownership. According to U.S. Bureau of the Census data, the  median
net worth of householders aged 75 or more has increased from $55,178 in 1984 and
$61,491 in 1988 and $76,541 in 1991 to $77,654 in 1993 in the United States.
 
    LIMITATION ON THE SUPPLY OF LONG-TERM CARE FACILITIES.  State regulation and
the  growing number of persons over the age  of 75 may, in some areas, create an
imbalance between  the  supply and  demand  for assisted  living  services.  The
majority  of  states in  the  United States  (including  New York)  have enacted
certificate  of  need  or  similar   legislation  which  generally  limits   the
construction  of  new skilled  nursing facilities  and the  addition of  beds or
services in  existing  skilled  nursing  facilities.  High  construction  costs,
limitations  on government reimbursement for the  full cost of construction, and
start-up time and expenses also  act to constrain growth  in the supply of  such
facilities.  Such legislation benefits the  assisted living industry by limiting
the supply  of  skilled nursing  beds  available for  elderly  senior  citizens.
Certificates  of need  are not required  for assisted living  facilities in most
states, although some states do require
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
assisted living providers to obtain a license to operate their facilities and to
comply with various  regulations regarding building  requirements and  operating
procedures. Furthermore, states often impose additional requirements on specific
types  of assisted  living facilities  over and  above standard  congregate care
requirements,  making   it  increasingly   difficult  for   potential   industry
participants  who are  not familiar  with applicable  regulatory requirements to
open new  facilities. New  York  requires both  a  public needs  assessment  and
licensure for certain types of assisting living facilities. Further, the limited
pool  of experienced assisted living staff and  management, as well as the costs
and start-up  expenses to  construct  an assisted  living facility,  provide  an
additional  entry barrier for the assisted living business. However, the Company
competes with numerous local, regional and national companies providing assisted
living services and other long-term care alternatives. The Company expects that,
as assisted living receives increased attention, competition will grow. See  "--
Competition."
 
    COST-CONTAINMENT PRESSURES; PUSH-DOWN EFFECT.  In response to rapidly rising
health  care  costs,  both  government  and  private  pay  sources  have adopted
cost-containment measures  that  have  encouraged reduced  lengths  of  stay  in
hospitals  and skilled  nursing facilities.  Moreover, cost  factors are placing
pressure on skilled nursing facilities to shift their focus toward more  intense
levels  of  care which  enables  them to  charge  higher fees,  thus  creating a
shortage of facilities where skilled but  less intensive care is available.  The
result  of these forces is that patients  are being "pushed down" from hospitals
and skilled nursing facilities to  assisted living facilities. For example,  the
State  of  New York  enacted  its Assisted  Living  Program as  a cost-effective
long-term care alternative  mainly for Medicaid  beneficiaries who are  eligible
for  placement in a skilled nursing facility.  The rate paid by Medicaid for the
home care services for Medicaid beneficiaries  in an Assisted Living Program  is
50%  of the rate that would  be paid for the same  services in a skilled nursing
facility in the same geographical area.
 
    QUALITY OF LIFE ADVANTAGES.   The Company believes  that assisted living  is
becoming  a  preferred  choice over  skilled  nursing homes  for  elderly senior
citizens and their families. This preference can be attributed to the ability of
residents of  assisted living  facilities to  "age in  place" in  a  residential
group-setting,  thereby promoting independence, dignity  and an improved quality
of life.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    OVERVIEW.  The Company's  growth strategy for the  next three to five  years
will  focus on the  expansion of its existing  portfolio through the development
and acquisition of additional assisted  living facilities, the expansion of  its
ancillary  services,  such  as  home  health  care  services,  in-house pharmacy
services  and  its  Extended  Care   Program,  and  maintaining  its  focus   on
cost-efficient  facilities management. The  Company also intends  to continue to
capitalize  on  public  recognition  of  the  "Senior  Quarters"  trademark   to
distinguish itself from competitors.
 
    The  Company's  primary focus  is the  northeastern  United States  where it
intends to maintain  its position  as a  leading assisted  living provider.  The
Company  also will seek to  develop or acquire facilities  in other areas of the
United States in which it believes it will be able to create a sizable presence.
The Company believes  that by  concentrating or "clustering"  its facilities  in
target  areas with desirable demographics, it can increase the efficiency of its
management resources and achieve broad economies of scale.
 
    Three generations of the  Kaplan family have shaped  the growth strategy  of
the  Company.  Since  1985,  the  Company  has  developed  ten  assisted  living
facilities and acquired all or an  interest in three others, formed home  health
care  service  agencies  in  order  to  offer  such  services  in  the Company's
facilities, and developed its prototype facility for cost-effective  management.
Most  of these facilities have been located in  New York State, which has one of
the most  extensive  regulatory frameworks  with  respect to  the  provision  of
assisted living services. Accordingly, the Company believes that it not only has
the  requisite experience but also the systems, procedures and infrastructure to
support its  growth strategy  and to  adapt to  regulatory change.  The  Company
intends to continue to finance its development and acquisition of new facilities
through  a variety of sources, including the  proceeds of the Offering, bank and
other financing, long-term operating  leases with REITs,  future debt or  equity
offerings, joint ventures and other sources.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
   
    DEVELOPMENT  AND ACQUISITION.   Since  1985, the  Company has  developed ten
assisted living facilities having in the  aggregate 1,069 units with a  capacity
for  1,599 residents and has acquired the  entire or a partial interest in three
facilities having in the aggregate 270 units with a capacity for 311  residents.
The  Company presently intends to develop  and acquire approximately 30 assisted
living facilities with  an aggregate of  3,500 units with  a capacity for  4,100
residents  by  the end  of 1999,  thereby increasing  by approximately  175% the
resident capacity  in  all of  the  facilities that  it  owns, manages  and/  or
operates.  The Company  will seek to  realize this growth  primarily through the
construction  of  new  facilities  and  through  the  acquisition  of   existing
facilities.  The Company intends to pursue  the conversion of buildings employed
for other  uses  on  a  selective basis,  thereby  increasing  its  universe  of
potential  development  activities. Additionally,  the Company  will selectively
enter into  management contracts  to manage  facilities for  not-for-profit  and
for-profit  institutions and developers that do not have experience in operating
an assisted living facility.
    
 
    The Company's experience with real estate developers and lenders has led  it
to  believe that the  "Senior Quarters" trademark  and the Company's established
reputation in  the  assisted  living  industry  increases  its  development  and
acquisition  opportunities  and that  its participation  in a  project generally
lends that  project  credibility with  the  potential financing  sources,  local
governing  bodies and communities and  potential residents. Further, through its
activities as a leading developer and operator of assisted living facilities  in
the  northeastern United States and management's activities in numerous industry
associations, the Company has  generated numerous contacts  through which it  is
able to identify possible development and acquisition opportunities.
 
    DEVELOPMENT OF NEW FACILITIES
 
   
    PROTOTYPE   FACILITY.    Through  its  quarter  of  a  century  of  industry
experience, the Company has developed a prototype facility floor plan with  more
efficient  and flexible multi-purpose common  areas and residential unit layout.
The design  of this  prototype has  enabled  the Company  to reduce  the  square
footage  required by 25% without adversely impacting the quality of its services
and facilities. The prototype facility contains 125 units with a capacity for up
to 200 residents, includes studios, one-bedroom and two-bedroom units, and spans
82,000 square feet.
    
    DEVELOPMENT PROCESS.  The development of  a facility begins with the  zoning
process,  which the Company has significant experience at managing. Local zoning
board members are strongly encouraged to visit the Company's existing facilities
on both an  escorted and a  "drop-in" basis  and to discuss  with the  Company's
senior management any concerns that may arise so that they may be addressed well
in advance of zoning board meetings. While the Company has developed a prototype
for its facilities, this plan is extremely flexible with respect to the exterior
facade,  which  can be  tailored to  blend into  the surrounding  community. The
construction of the Company's new facilities is typically undertaken by a select
group of general contractors with whom the Company works or intends to work on a
continuing basis. All contractors are required to submit performance and payment
bonds in favor of the Company. Several  bids are solicited for each project  and
the  winning bidder is brought into the  planning process in its initial stages.
The intensive involvement of the general  contractor at such an early stage  has
resulted  in most of the Company's existing projects being completed on time and
within budget. There can be no assurance, however, that future projects will  be
completed on time and within budget.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    DEVELOPMENT  IN  PROGRESS.   The Company  is  currently involved  in various
stages of pre-construction development with respect to the seven assisted living
facilities listed  in the  chart  below, which  the  Company will  have,  unless
otherwise indicated, a majority interest in, manage and/or operate.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   ANTICIPATED                             ANTICIPATED
                                                                NUMBER OF UNITS/     COMMENCEMENT OF      COMPLETION OF
              FACILITY                        LOCATION          RESIDENT CAPACITY     CONSTRUCTION         CONSTRUCTION
- -------------------------------------  -----------------------  -----------------  -------------------  ------------------
<S>                                    <C>                      <C>                <C>                  <C>
Senior Quarters                        Briarcliff Manor, NY           102/130         3d Quarter 1996      3d Quarter 1997
Senior Quarters (1)                    Patterson, NY                  100/120         3d Quarter 1996      3d Quarter 1997
Senior Quarters                        Albany, NY                     125/200        4th Quarter 1996      3d Quarter 1997
Senior Quarters                        Riverdale, NY                  221/221        4th Quarter 1996     4th Quarter 1997
Senior Quarters                        Tinton Falls, NJ               125/150        1st Quarter 1997     1st Quarter 1998
Senior Quarters                        Northampton County, PA         125/125        1st Quarter 1997     1st Quarter 1998
Senior Quarters                        Westchester County, NY         150/200         2d Quarter 1997      2d Quarter 1998
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) The  Company owns a minority interest in  the entity owning the fee interest
    in  the  land   and  building   underlying  this   facility.  See   "Certain
    Transactions."
 
     PRELIMINARY  NEGOTIATIONS FOR  FUTURE DEVELOPMENT.   The Company  is in the
preliminary stage of discussions to develop or acquire an additional 20 sites in
five states.  In considering  a prospective  site for  development, the  Company
generally  considers  such factors  as  a potential  market's  demographics, the
number of existing long-term care  facilities (including those owned or  managed
by  the Company)  in the area,  and the  income level of  the target population.
Preliminary development activities include  due diligence activities  (including
the  evaluation of environmental and  geo-technical matters), the preparation of
architectural and engineering plans and the negotiation of definitive agreements
regarding the acquisition of the site and the financing of the development.  The
Company  currently has no binding commitment  or other agreement, arrangement or
understanding to acquire  or to  proceed with the  development of  any of  these
sites, and there can be no assurance that the Company will ultimately be able to
or elect to acquire and develop any of these sites.
 
    ACQUISITION OF EXISTING FACILITIES
 
    ACQUISITION  CRITERIA.   Driven  by the  assisted living  industry's current
fragmentation and ongoing consolidation, the  Company believes that there are  a
large   number  of  acquisition  opportunities   available  for  well  financed,
experienced operators. Through its extensive  experience in the assisted  living
industry and its development and acquisition team, the Company continually seeks
to   acquire  facilities  in  its  targeted  markets.  In  evaluating  potential
acquisitions, the Company reviews  and considers: (i)  the location, ability  to
cluster with existing facilities, and demographics of the area; (ii) the current
and  projected revenues and cash  flow of the facility;  and (iii) the Company's
ability  to  increase  bottom  line  profitability  through  enhanced   services
(including home health care), operational efficiencies and capital improvements.
 
    ACQUISITION  PROCESS.   Through its  experience in  developing and operating
assisted  living   facilities  and   management's  participation   in   industry
associations,  the Company has  generated numerous contacts  through which it is
able to identify possible  acquisitions. The Company  is regularly contacted  by
other  operators, industry participants and groups, as well as lenders and banks
associated and unassociated with  the Company. The Company  believes that it  is
chosen  over others due  to its recognition  as an experienced  operator and its
ability to operate effectively in highly regulated states. Management intends to
pursue single and portfolio acquisitions of assisted living facilities where the
Company believes it can add increased value to the existing operations. Further,
the Company will seek to acquire independent living facilities where there is an
opportunity to reposition the existing operation into a Senior Quarters assisted
living facility.
 
    EXISTING MANAGED OR PARTIALLY OWNED FACILITIES.  The Company intends, in the
future, to  discuss with  one or  more third-party  owners of  interests in  the
Company's  existing facilities, the potential for purchase by the Company of all
or a part of their interests. The Company would use the same analysis that would
be applied to new acquisitions  when reviewing these opportunities. The  Company
recently entered into
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
an  agreement to acquire  the 50% interest that  it does not  already own in the
entity which owns Senior Quarters at East Northport. With the exception of  such
agreement,  the Company currently  has no firm  commitments or other agreements,
arrangements or understandings with respect to any such acquisition.
 
    CONVERSIONS OF EXISTING FACILITIES USED FOR OTHER PURPOSES.  The Company has
extensive experience with  the conversion  of existing  buildings into  assisted
living   facilities  which  it  believes   expands  its  universe  of  potential
development opportunities. In certain instances,  the conversion of an  existing
facility  may have compelling economic advantages compared to the development of
a new facility,  including: (i) lower  total development costs;  (ii) less  time
required  for preparation of the facility;  and (iii) an expedited zoning permit
process. While  the Company  believes that  the majority  of the  facilities  it
develops in the future will be newly constructed, the Company also believes that
its  extensive experience  with conversions  enlarges its  universe of potential
development projects  and  will enable  it  to take  advantage  of  economically
lucrative conversion opportunities that do arise.
 
                  CONVERSION OF EXISTING BUILDINGS SINCE 1985
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              FACILITY                                                 CONVERSION
- -------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>
Senior Quarters at Huntington Station  In 1986, the Company purchased a vacant school building and developed an
                                       assisted living facility by adding a new wing and implementing extensive
                                       renovation and rehabilitation.
Senior Quarters at Stamford            This assisted living facility was formerly a luxury hotel that was
                                       purchased by the Company in 1988 and thereafter converted into a managed
                                       residential facility with its own Assisted Living Services Agency.
The Regency at Glen Cove               This assisted living facility was formerly an unfinished condominium
                                       project that was converted, designed and built in 1993 by its owner with
                                       the Company's assistance.
Senior Quarters at Cranford            The Company assisted the owner of this former hotel in converting it to an
                                       assisted living facility in 1993.
Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge      This assisted living facility was formerly a hotel that, in 1995, was
                                       converted by doing extensive renovation and adding a new building which
                                       incorporated many of the common areas.
Senior Quarters at East Northport      The Company converted this former school building into an ALP facility in
                                       1995-96 by performing extensive renovation and adding two residential
                                       wings.
</TABLE>
 
   
    ADDITION  OF  MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS  WITH  UNAFFILIATED THIRD  PARTIES.   The
Company currently  has  four  facilities which  it  manages  for  not-for-profit
institutions  and other  unaffiliated third  parties. The  Company believes that
management contracts are not only generally profitable but also allow management
a close  look  at a  facility  which may  lead  to its  acquisition.  Management
believes  that it is chosen  due to its experience  in operating assisted living
facilities.
    
 
   
    EXPANSION OF  COMPANY-PROVIDED  ANCILLARY SERVICES.    The Kaplans  own  and
operate  a New York licensed  home care services agency,  which offers home care
services in most of  the Company's New York  facilities. The Company intends  to
provide  such services (which have not produced significant revenues to date) in
all of its facilities, where permitted under applicable law, and has applied for
such licensure to provide such services in New York and Connecticut. The Company
expects to apply in the next year for registration as a pharmacy in New York  in
order to offer and provide in-house pharmacy services in its New York facilities
and, where permissible, at its other facilities. See "-- Government Regulation."
In  addition,  the  Company  intends  to offer  its  Extended  Care  Program for
residents  suffering  from  cognitive  impairments  at  many  of  its   existing
facilities  and all of  its new facilities.  The Company believes  not only that
these ancillary services will enable the Company to attract additional residents
and
    
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
enable residents to  stay at  the Company's assisted  living facilities  longer,
rather than having to transfer to more expensive skilled nursing facilities, but
also that its provision of such services will increase as its growth strategy is
implemented.
 
    The  Company also seeks to enhance and  increase the amount and diversity of
assisted living services it provides through: (i) the continued education of the
senior community, and particularly the residents and their families,  concerning
the  cost effectiveness of  receiving additional services  in an assisted living
facility; (ii)  the  continued development  and  refinement of  assisted  living
programs designed to meet the needs of its residents as they "age in place"; and
(iii) the consistent delivery of quality services for residents.
 
    COST-EFFICIENT  FACILITIES MANAGEMENT.   The Company's  growth strategy also
emphasizes  continued   cost-efficient  management   at  its   assisted   living
facilities.  This includes the use of  the Company's new facility prototype, the
balancing of increases in costs with increases in assisted living fees, and  the
maximization  of  occupancy  rates.  In  addition,  because  its  facilities are
relatively close to one another, the Company is able to take advantage of volume
purchases of supplies from vendors with whom it has an established relationship,
thereby reducing operating expenses. Lastly, the Company maintains an aggressive
facility maintenance  program  which  helps  not  only  to  attract  and  retain
residents but also to avoid costly replacements and repairs.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
THE COMPANY'S ASSISTED LIVING FACILITIES
 
    The  Company  currently owns,  manages  and/or operates  15  assisted living
facilities containing  1,623 units  with  a capacity  for 2,392  residents.  The
following   chart  sets  forth  information  regarding  the  Company's  existing
facilities.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NUMBER OF                                     YEAR OF
                                                                    UNITS/                      YEAR          COMMENCEMENT
                                                                   RESIDENT     OWNED OR     CONSTRUCTED        OF KAPSON
FACILITY                                               CITY        CAPACITY      MANAGED    OR CONVERTED       OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------  --------------  -----------  -----------  -------------  -------------------
<S>                                               <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
CONNECTICUT
  Senior Quarters at Stamford (1)...............  Stamford          94/188           100%       1988                 1988
NEW JERSEY
  Senior Quarters at Cranford (1)...............  Cranford          173/254       Managed       1993                 1993
  Change Bridge Inn (1).........................  Montville         103/112        23.75%       1988                 1995
  Senior Quarters at Jamesburg (1)..............  Jamesburg         125/156           10%       1996                 1996
NEW YORK
  Senior Quarters at Centereach I (2)...........  Centereach        101/200          100%       1979                 1978
  Senior Quarters at Huntington Station (2).....  Huntington        99/198           100%       1987                 1987
  Senior Quarters at Centereach II (3)..........  Centereach        99/198           100%       1989                 1989
  The Regency at Glen Cove (4)..................  Glen Cove         95/105        Managed       1993                 1993
  Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge (2).........  Chestnut Ridge    98/148          50.1%       1995                 1995
  Castle Gardens (5)............................  Vestal             84/84        Managed     1990/1993              1996
  Senior Quarters at East Northport (2)(6)......  East Northport    139/200           50%       1996                 1996
  Senior Quarters at Lynbrook (2)...............  Lynbrook          126/200       Managed       1996                 1996
  Town Gate East (2)............................  Penfield          100/120          100%       1972                 1996
  Town Gate Manor (2)...........................  Rochester          67/79           100%       1970                 1996
PENNSYLVANIA
  Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle (1)............  Glen Riddle       120/150           11%       1996                 1996
                                                                  -----------
TOTAL...........................................                  1,623/2,392
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1)   This facility is  directly managed  by a  wholly owned  subsidiary of  the
      Company. See "-- Government Regulation" and "Certain Transactions."
 
(2)   In  order to  comply with  applicable New  York law  and regulations, this
      facility is operated by the Kaplans individually pursuant to an  operating
      agreement.  The  Kaplans have  engaged a  wholly  owned subsidiary  of the
      Company to provide  certain management services  pursuant to a  management
      agreement. See "-- Government Regulation" and "Certain Transactions."
 
(3)   This  facility  is operated  by the  Kaplans  individually pursuant  to an
      operating agreement with the  Company. The Kaplans  have engaged a  wholly
      owned  subsidiary of  the Company  to provide  certain management services
      pursuant to a management agreement. See "Certain Transactions."
 
(4)   This facility  is  operated  by  its  owner,  a  New  York  not-for-profit
      corporation that is unaffiliated with the Company. The owner has engaged a
      wholly  owned  subsidiary of  the Company  to provide  management services
      pursuant to a  management agreement.  See "--  Government Regulation"  and
      "Certain Transactions."
 
(5)   The  portion of  this facility that  is operated as  an independent living
      facility (84 beds) is managed by a wholly owned subsidiary of the  Company
      pursuant  to a  management agreement. The  portion that is  operated as an
      Enriched Housing Program  facility (27  beds) is  operated by  a New  York
      not-for-profit corporation.
 
(6)   The Company has entered into an agreement to acquire the 50% interest that
      it does not already own in the entity that owns this facility.
 
    The Company's facilities are generally located near or in a major population
center  and close  to shopping malls  and social and  cultural activity centers.
Management believes  that, among  other factors,  residents generally  choose  a
facility  that is located close  to their homes or  the homes of their families.
Room configurations  consist  of  studios and  variously  sized  one-bedroom  or
two-bedroom apartments.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
Communal   areas  usually  include  a  variety  of  activity  rooms,  a  medical
examination room,  beauty  salon/  barbershop,  library,  chapel,  media  rooms,
billiard room, a crafts room and a 24-hour per day country kitchen.
 
    The  Company believes that its facilities  are generally larger than typical
assisted living facilities in terms  of units and resident capacity.  Management
believes  that economies of scale enhance  operating margins at large facilities
and that  "rent-up" risk  is minimized  through management's  extensive  experi-
ence  in marketing  and developing,  acquiring, managing  and/or operating large
facilities, and the proximity of the Company's facilities to population  centers
that  can sustain  such facilities. At  June 30, 1996,  the Company's facilities
that were  stabilized (I.E.,  in operation  for at  least twelve  months) had  a
weighted  average occupancy rate of 99.0%, with many of them maintaining waiting
lists. Furthermore, such facilities have operated at a 98.0% occupancy rate  for
the  past five calendar years. Management  attributes its success in maintaining
high monthly fees and occupancy rates to a number of factors such as the premium
nature of its  facilities; the  comprehensive bundling of  standard services  as
part  of a  single package  and the  quality of  those services;  referrals from
former residents and  health care  professionals; and  the long  tenure and  low
turnover  of its  staff which produces  strong relationships  with residents and
their families.
 
THE COMPANY'S ASSISTED LIVING SERVICES
 
    The Company's facilities  provide services  and care which  are designed  to
meet  the individual needs  of its residents, enhance  their physical and mental
well-being and to promote a supportive, independent and home-like setting.  Most
of  the Company's  facilities are  primarily designed  as premium  facilities at
which residents receive  a comprehensive, bundled  package of standard  services
for a single monthly fee.
 
    TAILORED  CARE PLAN.   A  primary element of  the Company's  strategy is the
concept  of  "tailored"  care  to  meet  each  resident's  specific  needs.  The
customizing of services to meet a resident's needs commences with the admissions
process,  during which the  resident, his or  her family and  physician, and the
facility's medical director  and management staff  discuss the resident's  needs
and  develop  a plan  for  his or  her care.  If  recommended by  the resident's
physician, additional home health  care or medical services  may be provided  at
the  facility by a home  health care services agency.  The care plan is reviewed
and modified on a regular basis.
 
    EXTENDED CARE  PROGRAM.   The  Company  has implemented  its  Extended  Care
Program  at  certain  of  its  facilities. The  program  is  designed  to accept
residents with the beginning stages  of Alzheimer's Disease, dementia and  other
cognitive  impairments and to enhance their  opportunity to "age in place." This
program, which is provided  at additional cost,  includes special services  such
as:  personal care  aides specifically  trained to  help seniors  with declining
cognitive functioning; separate activity areas; special activities for cognitive
and behavioral  problems, including  ones that  encourage artistic  outlets  for
creative  expression; additional  assistance with bathing,  personal hygiene and
dressing; a  high staff-to-resident  ratio;  either a  separate dining  room  or
separate  dining times; and special living  arrangements. The Company intends to
expand its Extended Care Program to many of its current facilities and to  offer
it at all new facilities.
 
    NEW  YORK STATE  ASSISTED LIVING  PROGRAM.   In June  1993, the  Company was
awarded 400 of  the 698 beds  (approximately 57%) allocated  to the Long  Island
Region  under the State of  New York's Assisted Living  Program. This program is
geared to  residents who  are eligible  for Medicaid  and who  require a  higher
acuity of care than is typically provided in assisted living facilities. As part
of  this program, the Company has committed  to accept 380 Medicaid residents at
two facilities.  The remaining  number  of beds  may  be filled  by  private-pay
residents.  The  Assisted Living  Program is  closed to  new applicants  and the
Company is not aware of any proposals pending in the New York State  Legislature
to  enact  similar  programs or  to  award  additional beds  under  the existing
program. See "-- Government Regulation."
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    The Company's  ALP facilities  offer,  in addition  to the  residential  and
assisted living services provided at its other licensed facilities, certain home
care services which are provided by the licensed home care services agency owned
by  the Kaplans or other home care  services agencies, as appropriate. Under the
Assisted Living Program, residential fees are generally paid in accordance  with
SSI  residential rates and the home care  services provided to residents who are
Medicaid beneficiaries are reimbursed by Medicaid on a per day capitated  basis.
The  reimbursement rate is equal to 50% of the amount that would be paid for the
anticipated services  at each  resident's level  of care  (based on  social  and
nursing  assessments) to  nursing facilities in  the same geographic  area for a
Medicaid resident's home care services. As a result, there is a cost savings  to
the  State, and yet the Company's revenues  are comparable to those derived from
private-pay residents in  non-ALP facilities. The  Company's two ALP  facilities
(Senior  Quarters at Centereach  I and Senior Quarters  at East Northport) began
operation in March and  April 1996, respectively. The  Company operates its  ALP
facilities  with the same number of staff  as its other facilities, although the
professional training of  the staff is  higher (I.E., home  health aides  rather
than  personal  care aides  and  the medical  director  is a  registered nurse).
Although ALP  facilities  are, in  general,  highly regulated,  the  Company  is
confident  that its  experience in  operating under  New York's  Assisted Living
Program will better enable it to obtain future awards under similar programs  in
New York or other states and manage increased regulatory requirements.
 
    SERVICE  AND  CARE PACKAGE.   The  Company's  facilities typically  charge a
single monthly fee which includes a large package of services and amenities. The
Company believes  that this  fee is  larger than  that of  typical providers  of
assisted  living  services, and  that  such a  fee  is viable  because:  (i) the
Company's facilities  are designed  as premium  facilities; (ii)  the  Company's
basic  package includes services  that typical assisted  living providers charge
for on an "as-needed" basis; (iii) the overall quality of its services; and (iv)
the long tenure of its  staff which, because of  its low turnover, becomes  well
known  and trusted by the  facility's residents and their  families. At June 30,
1996, the average monthly fee for standard services at the Company's  facilities
was approximately $2,980 per unit. Among other things, the Company believes that
this  fee  structure  distinguishes  the  Company  from  other  assisted  living
providers and enhances  the home-like  environment of its  facilities, makes  it
easier  for the Company to predict operating expenses at any given facility and,
therefore, increases profitability at its facilities.
 
    The Company's  monthly  fee  generally covers  the  following  services  and
amenities:
 
RESIDENTIAL SERVICES & AMENITIES
 
    - Three daily meals served by waiters/ waitresses
 
    - 24-hour staff on hand
 
    - Housekeeping, laundry and linen services
 
    - Daily afternoon socials
 
    - A full social activities calendar
 
    - Exercise room
 
    - Library
 
    - Bingo room, billiard room, card room and other recreational areas
 
    - On-site convenience store
 
    - Private dining room
 
    - Cocktail bar/Country kitchen
 
    - Shuffleboard, bocce and barbecue areas
 
    - Full-time concierge services
 
    - Security staff on duty at all hours
 
    - Safety and security systems
 
    - Daily transportation to local events, shopping and attractions
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
HEALTH SERVICES
 
    PERSONAL CARE ASSISTANCE
    - Assistance  with  activities of  daily living,  such as  bathing, personal
      hygiene and dressing
 
    - Monitoring of prescribed medication
 
    HEALTH CARE MONITORING
    - Evaluation of present condition and setting of goals for improvement
 
    - Maintenance of comprehensive medical records
 
    A MEDICAL EXAMINING ROOM
    - Private exam room  for use of  visiting physicians and  other health  care
      professionals who charge separately for their services
 
    - All  visits  are  coordinated  and reviewed  by  the  facility's full-time
      Medical Director
 
    SKILLED NURSING AND HOSPITAL CARE
    - Relationships with each area's providers of quality medical care
 
    - Referral and admission assistance with skilled nursing facilities
 
    - Medical Director  who  maintains  current  referral  list  of  specialized
      physicians
 
   
    - If allowed by law, nursing services are provided by on-site staff
    
 
    AN EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM
    - Immediate  contact with the reception area  at all hours by emergency call
      cord in every room and bathroom and a direct link intercom in living  area
      of each apartment
 
    - Personnel trained in emergency procedures on premises 24 hours a day
 
    WELLNESS MONITORING.  The staff at the Company's facilities closely monitors
the physical and mental health of its residents in order to identify and respond
to  changes and then, together  with the resident and  the resident's family and
physician, as appropriate, designs a solution to fit that resident's  particular
needs.  This  monitoring  activity  takes place  at  meals  and  other scheduled
activities, and  informally  as  the  staff performs  its  services  around  the
facility.  In addition, the staff works  with home health care services agencies
to provide services  that the facilities  cannot provide, such  as physical  and
occupational therapy.
 
    SOCIAL  AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES.  The Company believes that an essential
part of enjoying an assisted living environment as well as maintaining a healthy
lifestyle is participation in social and recreational activities. Residents  are
encouraged  to participate in facility activities, and numerous activities rooms
(such as bingo rooms, card rooms,  cocktail lounges) are included in the  design
of  each of its facilities. At a  typical Company facility there will be between
eight and 14  scheduled activities per  day, seven days  a week. The  activities
vary  facility by  facility in accordance  with the particular  interests of the
facility's residents.
 
    RESIDENT PARTICIPATION.  Each facility has  a Residents' Council and a  Food
Service  Committee  comprised  of several  residents  who are  elected  by their
co-residents. The  Residents'  Council  meets  with  the  Administrator  of  the
facility  on  a  regular  basis  to  discuss  concerns  and  suggestions  of the
residents. The Food Service Committee meets with the Administrator and the  Chef
on a frequent basis to discuss possible changes and variations to the menu. Both
of  these  groups help  to involve  residents in  the community  while providing
day-to-day quality control.
 
OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY'S FACILITIES
 
    CORPORATE.  Over  the past  24 years  the Company  has provided  centralized
management  services to  each of  its facilities,  including the  development of
operating procedures, recruiting and training, financial accounting services,  a
licensing  facilitator  and  legal support  systems.  As part  of  the Company's
training procedures, new staff train  at existing facilities to observe  methods
of administration, cash
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
management,  personal  care  assistance,  housekeeping,  maintenance,  security,
medication management,  food  preparation, nutrition  planning,  supervision  of
recreational  activities and  other operational  elements. For  a description of
management arrangements  regarding  the  operation of  certain  facilities,  see
"Certain Transactions."
 
    FACILITY.   The operational  staff at each of  the Company's assisted living
facilities  generally   consists   of   an  administrator,   who   has   overall
responsibility  for  the operation  of the  facility  (subject, however,  to the
control of  the licensed  operator,  where applicable),  a medical  director,  a
recreation   director,  a  case  manager  or  social  worker  and  an  assistant
administrator. At least one personal  care aide is on duty  24 hours per day  to
respond  to  emergencies, and  scheduled  24-hour assisted  living  services are
available to residents. Each facility has a kitchen staff, a housekeeping  staff
and  a small maintenance staff. The Company's assisted living facilities have on
average 70 to 80 full-time or part-time  employees depending on the size of  the
facility and the extent of assisted living services provided in that facility.
 
    The  Company's facilities place  emphasis on diet and  nutrition, as well as
preparing attractively  presented healthy  meals  which can  be enjoyed  by  the
residents.  The Company's  food service  program is  led by  a nutritionist, who
prepares all menus  and recipes  for each facility.  The menus  and recipes  are
reviewed  and changed based on consultation with nutritional experts, input from
the residents, and applicable law and regulations. Under certain  circumstances,
the Company also provides special meals for residents who require special diets.
 
    EMPLOYEES.    The Company  emphasizes  maximizing each  employee's potential
through support and training. The Company experiences low turnover in the  staff
at  both its central office and its  facilities and, consequently, it is able to
promote from within. Management personnel is trained in the areas of supervision
and management  skills.  At  the  facility  level,  key  personnel  such  as  an
administrator  or  an  assistant  administrator  will  generally  have  received
approximately eight months training at the  Company's central office and one  of
the  Company's  facilities  prior to  the  opening  of the  facility.  Other key
personnel, such as  medical directors, case  managers or recreational  directors
will  generally  have received  approximately four  months  training at  one the
Company's facilities prior to  assuming duties at a  new facility. In  addition,
the administrators of each facility conduct monthly in-service training sessions
relating  to  various  practical areas  of  care-giving at  the  facility. These
monthly training  sessions  cover  policies  and procedures  of  all  facets  of
facility  operations, including special  areas such as  state and social service
regulations, quality assurance, fire,  safety disaster procedures, and  resident
care.  In addition, hourly employees are  trained in the Company's philosophy of
assisted living, motivational  sessions and  practical how-to  areas of  dealing
with  residents. The  Company believes that  the long tenure  of its operational
staff is due to  the advancement opportunities that  arise out of the  Company's
rapid growth.
 
    TRANSITION  TEAM.   In  order  to manage  its  growth more  effectively, the
Company dispatches  a transition  team  to each  new  facility that  offers  its
permanent  staff back-up assistance and technical  and other advice with respect
to all aspects of the operation of the new facility, such as budgets,  policies,
procedures and systems, activities for the elderly, administration and provision
of  specific  assisted  living  services,  food  service,  wellness  monitoring,
maintenance, and other operational  areas. Depending on the  size and nature  of
the  new facility, a transition team generally  consists of two to eight persons
who are department  heads of  other facilities. The  team is  typically on  site
prior  to and through the  new facility's opening date,  and remains there for a
week at a time during the new facility's first two months of operation.
 
    QUALITY CONTROL.  The  Company ensures the quality  of its services  through
frequent,  thorough  reviews.  The  administrator of  each  facility  conducts a
"walk-through" inspection every day and the department heads hold frequent staff
meetings to discuss  issues concerning  the operation  of the  facility. A  Vice
President  of Operations conducts a regular site review on an unannounced basis.
The Company  also uses  outside  inspectors to  examine  the facility  from  the
viewpoint  of the family  member of a  prospective resident and  to report their
impressions to Company management.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
COMPETITION
 
    The long-term care industry  is highly competitive  and the Company  expects
that  the assisted living  industry will become more  competitive in the future.
The Company  competes  with  numerous local,  regional  and  national  companies
providing  long-term care alternatives such as home care services agencies, life
care communities, skilled nursing facilities, community-based service  programs,
retirement  communities and  convalescent centers.  The Company  expects that as
assisted living receives  increased attention, competition  will grow, and  that
new  market  entrants  will  include companies  focusing  primarily  on assisted
living. Assisted living providers compete  for residents primarily on the  basis
of  quality of service,  price, reputation, physical  appearance and location of
the living  environment,  services  offered, family  preferences  and  physician
referrals. Moreover, the Company expects to face competition for the development
or   acquisition  of  assisted  living  facilities  during  the  course  of  its
implementation of its growth strategy.  Competition may be increased by  changes
in  the regulatory environment, especially in  New York where assisted living is
highly regulated and a majority of the Company's facilities is located. Some  of
the  Company's present  and potential  competitors are  significantly larger and
have, or may obtain, greater financial resources than those of the Company.
 
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
 
    The Company's facilities  are and  will continue  to be  subject to  certain
federal,  state and local  regulations and licensing  requirements. In addition,
the facilities are also subject to various local building codes and  ordinances.
These requirements vary from state to state and are monitored to varying degrees
by  state agencies.  Specific categories and  names of  licensed facilities also
vary from  state to  state. Most  states  in which  the Company  currently  does
business  require that assisted living facilities  and home health care services
agencies be licensed. New York requires  state registration in order to own  and
operate  a  pharmacy;  other states  in  which  the Company  intends  to provide
pharmacy services also regulate such services.
 
    REIMBURSEMENT.  Assisted  living residents or  their families generally  pay
the  cost of their care from their own financial resources. In certain instances
private long-term care insurance may provide funds for assisted living services.
The purchase  of  private long-term  care  insurance appears  to  be  increasing
dramatically as more variety in types of insurance has become available.
 
    Government  payments for assisted  living facilities have  been limited, and
there is no assurance that the proposed federal and state legislation  involving
Medicaid, in whatever form such legislation may take, will not reduce government
support.  The Company's facilities currently do  not accept SSI-based rates from
their residents as  full payment of  their residential fee  except for  Medicaid
beneficiaries who are residents in the Company's two New York ALP facilities and
for  a small number of residents in  the Company's other facilities. Federal SSI
payments are available to certain low-income individuals who are aged, blind  or
disabled.  Some states, such as New  York, supplement federal SSI payments. With
respect to "private-pay" residents, the single monthly fee paid to the Company's
facilities may include a resident's SSI income but the balance is made up either
by that  resident's  family or  other  available  funds. The  Company  does  not
anticipate  that changes in SSI residential rates will have a material effect on
the Company's current facilities, except with  respect to its ALP facilities  in
New York.
 
    The Medicaid program provides payment for certain financially needy persons,
regardless   of  age,  and  is  funded  jointly  by  federal,  state  and  local
governments. States may  only use federal  Medicaid funds to  pay for  long-term
care  in nursing facilities or for certain home care services. Because under New
York's Assisted  Living  Program  an  ALP  facility  is  considered  to  be  the
resident's  home,  federal Medicaid  funds may  be used  for home  care services
provided to Medicaid-eligible residents at ALP facilities. Although the New York
Assisted Living Program is not solely for the benefit of Medicaid beneficiaries,
the state has, in the past, given preference to facilities that include Medicaid
residents, and the Company's two ALP facilities are intended to serve  primarily
Medicaid residents. The residential fee for Medicaid residents, whether eligible
for  SSI  or  not,  is based  on  the  SSI residential  rate  applicable  to ALP
facilities. Home care services provided to residents of the ALP facility who are
Medicaid beneficiaries are reimbursed by Medicaid  on a per day basis, which  is
equal    to   50%    of   the    amount   that    would   be    paid   for   the
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
anticipated services  at each  resident's level  of care  (based on  social  and
nursing  assessments) to nursing facilities in  the same geographical area for a
Medicaid resident's home care services. Because the ALP facility only receives a
fixed amount  from  Medicaid  for a  range  of  home care  services  within  the
resident's  level of  care, the  ALP facility  is at  financial risk  should its
Medicaid eligible residents require a level of services within the range for the
specified level of  care that  exceeds the  amount reimbursed  by Medicaid.  The
combined  payments for Medicaid-eligible residents are approximately the same as
the overall  monthly  fee  for  a private  paying  resident  in  a  semi-private
accommodation.
 
    OTHER.    The  significant  aspects of  both  the  licensing  and regulatory
environments in  states  where the  Company  currently operates  and  applicable
federal law include the following:
 
    NEW  YORK.  The State of New York  has a variety of levels of senior housing
ranging from those for residents requiring limited or no services to those aimed
at residents whose health  needs are substantial. Certain  of the lower  levels,
such as independent living facilities, are subject to little or no regulation as
residential  facilities. The Company owns  and/or manages two independent living
facilities. However, residential  facilities in  which personal  care and  other
services are provided, are licensed and regulated by New York State's Department
of  Social Services, and,  with regard to  ALP facilities, by  the Department of
Health, as well.  The Company's New  York licensed facilities  consist of  Adult
Homes  and ALP facilities. Adult Homes are a class of residential facilities for
adults needing levels of care that are  more moderate than the higher levels  of
care  required  for a  resident in  order to  qualify for  an ALP  facility. The
licensure  application  process  for  licensed  facilities,  which  includes  an
assessment of public need, is complex and may take one year or more.
 
    Current  New York law and regulations  prohibit a publicly traded for-profit
corporation from operating  a licensed  facility. Legislation  has been  enacted
recently  in New  York State which  allows for-profit  corporations, whose stock
(and whose  parent entity's  stock) is  not  traded on  a national  exchange  or
over-the-counter  market, to operate  Adult Homes, ALP  facilities, and Enriched
Housing Programs. Natural persons individually  or in partnership and  privately
held  corporations  may operate  Adult Homes  and  ALP facilities.  The licensed
operator(s) of an Adult Home may  enter into management contracts which  provide
that  the  licensed  operator(s)  shall  maintain  ultimate  responsibility  and
liability for the licensed entity and the power to discharge persons working  at
the  licensed  facility. Licensed  operators of  ALP  facilities may  enter into
management contracts that provide additionally that the licensed operator  shall
retain  control and responsibility for the day-to-day operations by the licensed
operators, the authority and power to hire and discharge persons working at  the
licensed  entity, maintain  and control  the books  and records  of the licensed
entity, retain ultimate authority to dispose of assets used in the operation  of
the  licensed entity, to incur  any liability on behalf  of the licensed entity,
and to adopt or enforce policies regarding the operation of the licensed entity.
Any change  in the  operator of  any type  of licensed  facility requires  prior
notification  and approval of the state. New York's licensed facilities are also
subject to periodic inspection and license renewal every four years.
 
    Applicable regulations also include admission standards with respect to  the
needs of each individual, and require that assessments be made by a professional
health  care provider prior  to the provision  of home care  services. Home care
services may only be provided to residents of a licensed facility by a licensed,
certified  or  otherwise  approved  home  care  services  agency.  Licensed  and
certified  agencies may be  owned and operated  by the operator  of the licensed
facility or by  a for-profit corporation  but are subject  to regulation by  the
Department of Health. The Kaplans operate the Kapson Licensed Home Care Services
Agency,  a home  care services  agency licensed by  the state  to arrange and/or
provide, directly  or through  sub-contracting,  nursing services,  home  health
aides, physical, occupational and speech therapy, nutritional services, personal
care  services, and housekeeper or chore services. The Kapson Licensed Home Care
Services Agency has applied to the New York State Department of Health to extend
its license to additional counties so as to provide such services to all of  the
New  York facilities serviced by the Company.  A significant portion of the home
care services  provided  in  the  Company's ALP  facilities  are  already  being
provided  by the  Kapson Licensed  Home Care  Services Agency.  If and  when its
license is extended to  other counties by the  Department of Health, the  Kapson
Licensed  Home Care Services Agency intends  to maintain on-site office space at
the Company's facilities. In addition,
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
the Company has applied for licensure as a home care services agency so that  it
may provide all such services in all its New York facilities (other than its ALP
facilities). See "-- Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws and Regulations."
 
    The  Company  expects  to apply  within  the  next year  to  New  York state
authorities for registration as a pharmacy in order to provide in-house pharmacy
services in  all of  its facilities.  A  New York  pharmacy may  be owned  by  a
for-profit  corporation provided that the corporation obtains a registration and
that the actual practice of pharmacy  is conducted by licensed pharmacists.  New
York  pharmacies are  subject to  inspections, notice  requirements relating to,
among other  things, changes  of  ownership, and  extensive regulations  on  all
aspects  of  pharmacy  business  practices, including  but  not  limited  to the
labeling and  dispensing of  drugs,  the preparation  of sterile  products,  and
recordkeeping. The sale of pharmaceutical products by a pharmacy in other states
is subject to regulation by such states.
 
    Licensed  facilities in New York are not  required to provide a specific mix
of SSI-eligible and private-pay residents, but preference has, in the past, been
given with respect to applicants for  licenses under New York's Assisted  Living
Program  to those who will  commit beds to Medicaid  residents. Once approved to
provide a designated  number or  percentage of  Medicaid beds,  an ALP  facility
operator  cannot reduce that amount without further state approval, which may or
may not be granted.
 
    In addition to its Adult Homes,  the Company operates two ALP facilities  in
New  York. Pursuant to  state law, ALP  facilities combine an  Adult Home with a
type of  home care  services agency,  which  in the  Company's facilities  is  a
licensed  home care  services agency.  The New  York State  Department of Social
Services and Department of Health have  joint oversight over ALP facilities.  To
qualify  as an ALP resident,  an individual must require  more care and services
than can be  directly provided by  a typical  Adult Home and  must be  medically
eligible  for placement  in a nursing  facility. The Assisted  Living Program is
available  to   residents  who   pay  privately   but  priority   is  given   to
Medicaid-eligible  individuals.  Payment  for  such  residents  is  based  on  a
combination of  residential fees  based on  SSI-established rates,  and a  daily
capitated  Medicaid  payment. See  "--  Reimbursement." The  Program,  which was
enacted in  1991  but  has  only  recently been  in  operation,  is  subject  to
reevaluation in the near future.
 
    In  1995,  the New  York  State legislature  set up  a  task force  to study
long-term  care  financing,  which  recently  issued  its  report.  Changes   in
applicable  law or regulations  may result from this  report, which, among other
things, encourages development of assisted living facilities and recommends that
existing ownership restrictions, including those that prohibited sponsorship  by
publicly traded corporations, be examined.
 
    NEW  JERSEY.  The State  of New Jersey has  four levels of supportive senior
housing, all of which are licensed, regulated and subject to inspection. The two
lowest levels, Class C  Boarding Homes and  Residential Health Care  Facilities,
are  not considered assisted living  facilities by the State  of New Jersey even
though they provide  some of  the same services  as New  Jersey assisted  living
facilities.  The Company  owns part  of and  manages one  New Jersey Residential
Health Care  Facility.  The  two  highest  levels,  Assisted  Living  Residences
("ALRs")  and  Comprehensive  Personal  Care Homes  ("CPCHs"),  were  created to
promote "aging in place" by providing  supportive health and social services  as
needed  to  enable  residents  to  maintain  their  independence  in  a familiar
environment. ALRs  are subject  to  more extensive  regulation than  CPCHs.  The
Company will be managing one ALR and one CPCH in New Jersey.
 
    The  state  generally requires  a certificate  of  need for  an ALR  or CPCH
facility  under  an  expedited  review  process.  The  state  also  requires   a
certificate  of need for Residential Health Care Facilities, but not for Class C
Boarding Homes. The New Jersey legislature has considered legislation  exempting
such  facilities from  any certificate-of-need-type review  but such legislation
has not  yet  passed. The  state  mandates that  five  percent of  all  ALR/CPCH
residents   be  SSI-eligible  and  twenty  percent  of  ALR  residents  must  be
nursing-home eligible within  36 months of  licensure. Prior state  notification
and/or  approval is required for changes in ownership, including transfer of ten
percent or more of  the corporation's stock. New  Jersey prohibits any  facility
that  is not licensed  as an ALR or  CPCH from advertising  that it is providing
assisted living services and care or other similar services.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
   
    CONNECTICUT.  Assisted  living facilities  (designated "managed  residential
communities"  in the State of Connecticut)  are facilities consisting of private
residential units that  provide a  managed group  living environment,  including
housing and services primarily for persons aged 55 or older. Managed residential
communities  may be owned  and operated by  a for-profit corporation  and do not
themselves need  to be  licensed but  they are  regulated and  subject to  state
inspection.  A corporation owned by the Kaplans and which will be transferred to
the Company  at or  prior to  consummation of  the Offering  currently owns  and
operates one managed residential community in Connecticut. A managed residential
community  generally  may  provide home  health  care services  only  through an
outside licensed  home  health care  services  agency  or by  contract  with  an
"Assisted  Living Services Agency" ("ALSA"). However, if the managed residential
community provides certain core activities as defined by state regulations, that
managed residential community may itself become a licensed ALSA. Assisted living
services are  defined by  regulation  as nursing  services and  assistance  with
activities  of  daily  living  provided  to  clients  living  within  a  managed
residential community. A Certificate of Need  is a prerequisite to licensure  as
an ALSA.
    
 
   
    Under  the recently enacted ALSA legislation  and regulations, the owner and
operator of a managed  residential community that owns  and operates a  licensed
ALSA  may also own and operate a  licensed home health care services agency but,
unless it  is  licensed as  a  home health  care  services agency,  the  managed
residential  community must  otherwise contract with  one or  more licensed home
health care services agencies for services that cannot be provided by the  ALSA.
Once  licensed  as an  ALSA, the  managed residential  community is  required to
provide assisted  living services  to its  residents. Any  change in  ownership,
including beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the stock of a corporation that
owns  or operates such agency,  is subject to prior  state approval. A change in
ownership of a managed residential community requires notification to the  state
and  any ALSA providing services to its  residents. The Company has been advised
that Medicaid reimbursement  is not  currently available or  projected for  ALSA
services.  A corporation owned by the Kaplans which owns the Connecticut managed
residential community and which will be  transferred to the Company at or  prior
to  consummation of the Offering  has applied for licensure  as an ALSA to offer
such services at that facility.
    
 
    PENNSYLVANIA.  Assisted living facilities  in the State of Pennsylvania  are
designated "personal care homes" ("PCHs"). PCHs must receive a state license and
are  subject to regulation  and inspection but  there is no  certificate of need
procedure and for-profit corporations may own and operate such facilities. There
are no state requirements as to the mix of SSI/private-pay residents in PCHs.  A
change  of  ownership such  that there  is  a change  in the  approved operators
(principal individuals) would require a new license.
 
    FEDERAL AND STATE FRAUD AND ABUSE  LAWS AND REGULATIONS.  The Kaplans  offer
home  care services through their ownership and operation of the Kapson Licensed
Home Care Services Agency. A portion  of the services currently provided by  the
Kapson  Licensed Home  Care Services  Agency to  ALP residents  is reimbursed by
Medicaid. The Kapson  Licensed Home  Care Services  Agency is  not certified  to
provide  Medicare-reimbursable services  and is  not a  Medicare provider.  As a
Medicaid provider, the Kapson Licensed Home  Care Services Agency is subject  to
federal  and state Medicaid fraud and abuse laws to the extent such services are
reimbursed by Medicaid.
 
    In addition, the Federal "Stark Law" provides that where certain health care
professionals   have   a   "financial   relationship"   with   a   provider   of
Medicaid-reimbursable  "designated  health  services"  (including,  among  other
things, home health care  and pharmacy services),  the health care  professional
may  be prohibited from making a referral  to the health care provider, and such
health care  professionals may  be prohibited  from billing  for the  designated
health  service.  Although the  Company  believes that  ownership  in it  is not
subject to the Stark Law, a  "financial relationship" may be interpreted by  the
government  to  include ownership  of  stock of  the  Company as  a  provider of
management services  to  the  home health  care  services  agency.  Accordingly,
referrals  by  certain health  care professionals  who  are stockholders  of the
Company to  the Kapson  Licensed  Home Care  Services  Agency or  the  Company's
pharmacy  for residents whose services are reimbursable by Medicaid, and billing
Medicaid by the ALP for  such services, may be  prohibited under the Stark  Law.
Certain exceptions available under the Stark Law to
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
certain  health care professionals who are  investors would not be applicable as
the Company does not currently meet the qualifying test of stockholder equity of
at least $75.0 million. Submission of a claim for services for which payment  is
prohibited  under the Stark Law could result in substantial civil penalties. New
York State  imposes  similar  prohibitions  against  health  care  professionals
referring any patients to a company that provides pharmacy services in which the
health  care professional has  an ownership or financial  interest such as stock
ownership in the Company. Laws imposing various restrictions applicable to  such
referrals  exist in many other states. The  Company reviews and will continue to
review all aspects of its operations to assure compliance with federal and state
health care fraud and abuse laws, and will monitor developments under such laws.
 
COMPANY HISTORY
 
    The Kaplan family has  an extensive background in  real estate and  assisted
living.  In  1932,  the  grandfather  of  the  Kaplans  founded  a  family-owned
commercial real estate  enterprise with  a number of  subsequent investments  in
hotel  and hospitality properties.  This enterprise entered  the assisted living
business in  1972  by opening  its  first  facility. A  second  assisted  living
facility  was opened two years later.  Thereafter the family's existing assisted
living facilities were expanded, another was opened and land for future assisted
living projects was purchased.  In 1985, The  Kapson Group was  formed as a  New
York general partnership between Glenn Kaplan, Wayne Kaplan and Evan Kaplan. The
Kapson  Group retained one of these assisted living facilities. Since that time,
The Kapson Group has phased out  its commercial real estate operations,  focused
strictly on its assisted living business, and built an executive management team
and  assisted living operation  with experience and  expertise in the financing,
acquisition,  development,   management  and   operation  of   assisted   living
facilities.
 
    The Company was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 7, 1996 in order to
consolidate  and  expand the  assisted living  facility  business of  The Kapson
Group. The Kapson  Group operated  its business  in the form  of a  series of  S
corporations,  partnerships and limited liability  companies. In anticipation of
the Offering, the Company entered into a number of transactions with The  Kapson
Group  and its affiliates. For a description of these transactions, see "Certain
Transactions."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of the date hereof, the  Company and its facilities employ  approximately
900  persons, including 26 in the  Company's corporate headquarters. The Company
believes its employee relations are good.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company is involved in various lawsuits and other matters arising in the
normal course of business. In the opinion of management of the Company, although
the outcomes of  these claims  and suits are  uncertain, in  the aggregate  they
should not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position or
results of operations.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
   
    The  following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers
and directors of the Company as of September 26, 1996.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NAME                        AGE                           POSITION
- ---------------------------------------      ---      --------------------------------------------------
<S>                                      <C>          <C>
Glenn Kaplan (2)                                 43   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
                                                       Executive Officer
Wayne L. Kaplan                                  40   Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors; Senior
                                                       Executive Vice President and Secretary
Evan A. Kaplan (1)                               37   President and Chief Operating Officer; Director
John M. Sharpe, Jr.                              43   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
                                                       Treasurer
Joseph G. Beck (2)                               42   Director
Bernard J. Korman (1)(3)                         64   Director
Risa Lavizzo-Mourey, M.D. (1)(3)                 41   Director
Gerald Schuster (2)(3)                           66   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
(1) Member of Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of Compensation Committee.
 
(3) Member of Stock Option Committee.
 
    GLENN KAPLAN is the Chairman of  the Board of Directors and Chief  Executive
Officer  of the Company. Prior  to June 1996 he was  a partner and co-founder of
The Kapson Group. Glenn received a B.S. degree in Accounting from the University
of Bridgeport.
 
   
    WAYNE L.  KAPLAN is  the Vice  Chairman of  the Board  of Directors,  Senior
Executive  Vice President, and Secretary  of the Company. Prior  to June 1996 he
was a partner and co-founder of The Kapson  Group. Wayne is a member of the  New
York State Bar, was appointed by Governor Mario Cuomo to the New York State Life
Care  Community Council, sits on  the Board of Directors  of the Assisted Living
Facilities Association of America, the Connecticut Assisted Living  Association,
the  Empire State Association of Adult  Homes (assisted living facilities in New
York State), and the  New Jersey Assisted Living  Association. Wayne received  a
B.S.  degree in business from  the University of Rhode  Island and a J.D. degree
from the George Washington University School of Law.
    
 
    EVAN A. KAPLAN is a director  and the President and Chief Operating  Officer
of the Company. Prior to June 1996 he was a partner and co-founder of The Kapson
Group. Evan received a B.A. degree in Psychology from Syracuse University.
 
    JOHN M. SHARPE, JR. has been the Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer  of the Company since July 8, 1996. From June 1994 to June 1996 he was
the Chief Financial  Officer of Executive  Plan Design, Inc.,  a privately  held
full  brokerage company,  where he  was responsible  for the  administrative and
operational functions  of  the Company  and,  among other  things,  oversaw  the
establishment  of a  financial consulting  division. From  January 1984  to June
1994, he was the Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Medical Sterilization,
Inc., a publicly traded medical products manufacturer and service company  where
he  eventually was involved in arranging financing, and supervised all financial
personnel. Prior to 1984,  he was a  Senior Associate at  Coopers & Lybrand.  He
received a B.B.A. degree in accounting at Iona College.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
    JOSEPH  G. BECK, director,  is a founding  principal and executive committee
member of  Shattuck  Hammond Partners  Inc.  ("Shattuck Hammond"),  a  specialty
health  care  investment banking  firm based  in New  York. He  directs Shattuck
Hammond's activities in the area of long-term care and related companies.  Prior
to   Shattuck  Hammond,  he  was  a  Vice-President  (1987-1990)  and  Principal
(1990-1993) at  Cain Brothers,  Shattuck &  Company, a  predecessor to  Shattuck
Hammond.  From 1985 to 1987,  he was a Vice-President  at Chemical Bank where he
eventually directed the investment banking work with hospitals and other  health
care  companies.  Prior  thereto, he  was  a  senior credit  analyst  at Moody's
Investors Services, Inc.,  a financial service  company. From 1978  to 1982,  he
held several positions in health care regulation and policy analysis for various
departments  of the New York State Government and for the New York State Senate.
Mr.  Beck  is  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  The  Lighthouse,   a
not-for-profit  vision rehabilitation, research and training agency. He received
a B.A. degree from  LeMoyne College and  a Masters degree  in Health Policy  and
Management from the Harvard University School of Public Health.
 
    BERNARD  J. KORMAN, director, has been Chairman of the Board of Directors of
The Graduate Health  System, a Philadelphia  based not-for-profit health  system
with hospitals in Pennsylvania and New Jersey, since December 1995. From 1983 to
1996,  Mr. Korman was Chairman of PCI Services, Inc., a publicly traded company.
Since 1986, Mr. Korman  has been Chairman and  a director of NutraMax  Products,
Inc.,  a publicly traded  consumer healthcare products  company. From 1983 until
1996, Mr. Korman  was President, CEO  and a director  of MEDIQ, Incorporated,  a
publicly  traded healthcare services company. Mr. Korman is currently a director
of: The New America High Income Fund; The Pep Boys -- Manny, Moe & Jack; Today's
Man, Inc.; Omega Healthcare Investors, Inc.; and InnoServ Technologies, Inc. PCI
Services, Inc. and NutraMax Products are affiliates of MEDIQ, Incorporated.  Mr.
Korman  received a B.S. degree from the University of Pennsylvania and an L.L.B.
degree from the University of Pennsylvania School of Law.
 
    DR. RISA LAVIZZO-MOUREY,  director, has  been Director of  the Institute  of
Aging,  Chief of the Division of Geriatric Medicine and Associate Executive Vice
President for  Health Policy  at the  University of  Pennsylvania,  Ralston-Penn
Center, since 1994. From 1992 to 1994, Dr. Lavizzo-Mourey served with the Agency
for  Health  Care  Policy  and  Research,  U.S.  Public  Health  Service  of the
Department of Health  and Human  Services. Dr.  Lavizzo-Mourey has  been on  the
faculty  of the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine since 1986, and is
currently the Sylvan Eisman Associate Professor of Medicine. Dr.  Lavizzo-Mourey
is  a director of Beverly Enterprises, Inc., Medicus Systems Corp., Managed Care
Solutions, Inc., and Nellco Puritan Bennett Inc. Dr. Lavizzo-Mourey received  an
M.D.  degree from the Harvard Medical School and an M.B.A. degree in Health Care
Administration from The Wharton School of Business, University of Pennsylvania.
 
    GERALD SCHUSTER, director, has been President and Chief Executive Officer of
Continental Wingate  Company, Inc.,  a real  estate, health  care and  financial
services  company which is engaged in commercial mortgage lending and servicing,
development and syndication of  multifamily housing, and  has developed and  has
operated  eight long-term care and rehabilitation  facilities with 1,100 beds in
New York and Massachusetts, since 1971.  Mr. Schuster serves as Chairman of  the
Advisory  Committee  for  the  Massachusetts  Housing  Finance  Agency,  a state
authority for the issuance of multifamily housing debt. Mr. Schuster received  a
B.B.A. degree from Clark University.
 
    See  "Certain  Transactions" and  "Principal  and Selling  Stockholders" for
certain information concerning the  Company's Directors and executive  officers.
Glenn  Kaplan, Wayne  L. Kaplan and  Evan A.  Kaplan are brothers.  There are no
other family relationships among any directors or officers of the Company.
 
    Prior to the first  annual meeting of the  stockholders of the Company,  the
Company's  Board of Directors  will be divided into  three classes. Directors of
the Company hold  office until the  annual meeting of  stockholders held in  the
year  in which  the term for  such class  expires and will  serve thereafter for
three
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
years, and until  their successors  are elected  and qualified,  or until  their
earlier  resignation or removal. All officers are  appointed by and serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors. See "-- Election of Directors."
 
KEY EMPLOYEES
 
    MARYELLEN K. POKOWITZ has been Vice  President of Operations of the  Company
since  May 1996. Ms. Pokowitz was Head  Administrator for the Company from April
1989 to  May  1996.  Prior  to  that,  Ms.  Pokowitz  was  employed  in  various
operational  positions by the  Company since 1977. Ms.  Pokowitz was awarded the
"Administrator of the Year" award by the Empire State Association of Adult Homes
in 1990.
 
   
    PAUL M. HANNAN has been Vice  President of Development of the Company  since
July  1994. From May 1991  to June 1994, Mr. Hannan  was Director of Finance for
Genesis Health Ventures, Inc., a publicly traded long-term health care  company,
where he analyzed prospective acquisitions, managed the financial activities and
supervised  the  development and  expansion of  existing facilities.  Mr. Hannan
received an M.B.A. degree in Finance from Drexel University and a B.S. degree in
Business Administration from Delaware Valley College.
    
 
    ROBERT C. ROSENBERG has  been Vice President of  Development of the  Company
since  March  1996. From  January 1995  to  March 1996,  Mr. Rosenberg  was Vice
President - Development for  the Economic Development Corp.  of the City of  New
York,  where he was responsible  for financial analysis and  due diligence for a
broad range of  real estate  projects. From December  1992 to  August 1994,  Mr.
Rosenberg  was  Deputy  Director of  Real  Estate for  the  Metropolitan Transit
Authority. From August 1987  to November 1992, Mr.  Rosenberg worked in  various
development  management  positions  for  Olympia  &  York  Companies  (USA). Mr.
Rosenberg received a  B.A. in  Urban Planning  from Stanford  University and  an
M.B.A. degree in Finance from New York University.
 
    WILLIAM D. BURSON has been Vice President of Marketing for the Company since
March  1996.  From September  1991 to  March  1996, Mr.  Burson was  director of
independent living operations for Church Homes, Inc., a 500-bed congregate  care
community  where  he directed  general operations  and  marketing. From  1986 to
September 1991, Mr. Burson was Executive  Vice President -- Marketing and  Sales
for Retirement Management Group, Inc., a manager of nursing homes and retirement
communities.
 
    DENNIS  R. CREGAN  has been  Project Manager  for the  Company since October
1994. From January 1994 to June 1994,  Mr. Cregan worked for Hunter Real  Estate
Management  where he was  Project Manager for a  $12 million capital improvement
project; from  May  1990 to  December  1993, Mr.  Cregan  was Manager  --  Plant
Engineering for Hazeltine Corporation, a subsidiary of ESCO Electronics Corp., a
publicly  traded manufacturer of defense  and electronics equipment and systems,
where  he  was  responsible  for  facilities  management,  construction   budget
administration,  contractor  selection  and  compliance  with  local,  state and
federal regulations. From 1982 to May 1990, Mr. Cregan served in several project
planning and  administration  positions for  Hazeltine.  Mr. Cregan  received  a
degree  in Architectural  Engineering from the  State University of  New York at
Farmingdale. Mr. Cregan is certified by the International Facilities  Management
Association  and  is  a  professional member  of  the  National  Fire Protection
Association and Construction Specifications Institute.
 
    JUNE F. HECK has  been the Controller for  the Company since November  1994.
From  December 1993  to November  1994, Ms.  Heck served  as General  Manager --
Corporate Accounting for Synergy  Gas Corporation, a  utility gas company.  From
April  1990 to  November 1993,  Ms. Heck  was Accounting  Manager of  the Weight
Watchers International, Inc.  division of H.J.  Heinz & Co.,  a publicly  traded
food  products  company. From  August 1984  to  April 1990,  Ms. Heck  served as
Controller for  F. Robbins  Corp.,  a commercial  heating and  air  conditioning
company.  From July 1981 to February 1984,  Ms. Heck was an accountant for Price
Waterhouse. Ms. Heck  received a B.S.  degree and is  pursuing an M.B.A.  degree
from  the School  of Professional Accountancy  of the Long  Island University --
C.W. Post Campus.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    MARLYNN B. COHEN has been Director of Human Resources for the Company  since
August  1995. From  September 1987  to August  1995, Ms.  Cohen was  Director of
Administration and Human  Resources at Ernst  & Young LLP,  a public  accounting
firm,  in Melville, New  York. At Ernst  & Young, Ms.  Cohen was responsible for
employee recruiting,  benefit and  salary administration,  financial  budgeting,
computer  evaluation and support, and facilities management for a branch office.
Ms. Cohen received a B.A. degree in Economics from New York University.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    AUDIT COMMITTEE.   The  Audit Committee,  which consists  of a  majority  of
independent  directors  who are  not affiliated  with the  Kaplans ("Independent
Directors"), makes  recommendations  concerning the  engagement  of  independent
public  accountants, reviews with  the independent public  accountants the plans
and results of the audit engagement, approves professional services provided  by
the  independent public accountants, reviews the independence of the independent
public accountants, considers the range of audit and non-audit fees and  reviews
the adequacy of the Company's internal accounting controls.
 
    COMPENSATION  COMMITTEE.   The Compensation  Committee, which  consists of a
majority of Independent Directors, approves  the salaries and other benefits  of
the  executive officers of the Company and administers any non-stock based bonus
or incentive  compensation  plans of  the  Company (excluding  any  cash  awards
intended  to qualify for the  exception for performance-based compensation under
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue  Code of 1986, as amended (the  "Code")).
In  addition, the Compensation Committee  consults with the Company's management
regarding pension  and  other  benefit  plans,  and  compensation  policies  and
practices of the Company.
 
    STOCK  OPTION COMMITTEE.   The Stock Option  Committee, consisting solely of
directors who, to the  extent legally required,  qualify as "Outside  Directors"
under  Section 162(m)  of the  Code and  as "Non-Employee  Directors" under Rule
16b-3(c) of the  Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as  amended, administers  any
stock-based  incentive plans of the Company,  including the 1996 Stock Incentive
Plan. In addition, the Stock Option  Committee will be responsible for  granting
any  cash awards  intended to  qualify for  the exception  for performance-based
compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.
 
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
    Prior to the first  annual meeting of the  stockholders of the Company,  the
Company's  Board of Directors  will be divided into  three classes. Directors of
each class will be  elected at the  annual meeting of  stockholders held in  the
year  in which  the term for  such class  expires and will  serve thereafter for
three years.  No determination  has been  made  as to  which directors  will  be
members   of  each  class.  See  "Description   of  Capital  Stock  --  Delaware
Anti-Takeover Law and Certain Charter Provisions."
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Company  intends to  pay its  directors  who are  not employees  of  the
Company  an annual compensation fee of $10,000 and a per meeting fee of $500 for
each directors' meeting and each committee meeting attended. Under the Company's
1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan"), each non-employee director has
been granted, effective as of the date on which the offer price is determined, a
non-qualified option to purchase  10,000 shares of Common  Stock at the  initial
public  offering price, and each new non-employee  director upon the date of his
or her  election  or appointment  will  be  granted a  non-qualified  option  to
purchase  10,000 shares of Common Stock at the  fair market value on the date of
grant. All options granted  to non-employee directors will  vest at the rate  of
25%  on each of the first four anniversaries  of the date of grant, assuming the
non-employee director  is  a director  on  those  dates, and  all  such  options
generally  will be exercisable for a period of ten years from the date of grant.
Upon a Change of Control (as defined in the Incentive Plan) all unvested options
(which have not yet  expired) will automatically  become 100% vested.  Directors
who  are employees  of the  Company will  not be  compensated for  services as a
director. See "Management--1996 Stock Incentive Plan."
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  following   table  sets   forth  certain   information  regarding   the
compensation  earned for services rendered in  all capacities to the Company for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 by the Company's Chief Executive Officer
and each other executive officer whose salary and bonus for such fiscal year was
in excess of $100,000.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               LONG TERM COMPENSATION
                                                      ANNUAL COMPENSATION (1)
                                              ----------------------------------------  ------------------------------------
                                                                         OTHER ANNUAL   RESTRICTED STOCK      SECURITIES
NAME AND PRINCIPAL                                                       COMPENSATION       AWARD(S)          UNDERLYING
POSITION                             YEAR     SALARY ($)    BONUS ($)        ($)               ($)             OPTIONS #
- ---------------------------------  ---------  -----------  -----------  --------------  -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>                <C>
Glenn Kaplan(2) .................       1995      67,177            0       169,189(3)              0                  0
 Chairman of the Board and Chief
 Executive Officer
Wayne L. Kaplan(2) ..............       1995      67,177            0       160,513(3)              0                  0
 Vice Chairman of the Board,
 Senior Executive Vice President
 and Secretary
Evan A. Kaplan(2) ...............       1995      67,177            0       160,382(3)              0                  0
 President and Chief Operating
 Officer
 
<CAPTION>
                                     ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL                  COMPENSATION
POSITION                                ($)
- ---------------------------------  --------------
<S>                                <C>
Glenn Kaplan(2) .................      39,500(4)
 Chairman of the Board and Chief
 Executive Officer
Wayne L. Kaplan(2) ..............      39,500(4)
 Vice Chairman of the Board,
 Senior Executive Vice President
 and Secretary
Evan A. Kaplan(2) ...............      39,500(4)
 President and Chief Operating
 Officer
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
(1) Other than the  salary, bonus  and other compensation  described above,  the
    Company  did not pay the persons named in the Summary Compensation Table any
    compensation, including incidental  personal benefits, in  excess of 10%  of
    such executive officer's salary.
 
(2) Each  of  the Kaplans  has  entered into  an  employment agreement  with the
    Company and  will  be compensated  in  accordance  with the  terms  of  that
    employment agreement from the date of the consummation of the Offering.
 
(3) Represents  distributions ($158,400  in each  case), the  personal use  of a
    Company-paid automobile ($1,982, $2,113 and $1,982, respectively), and  club
    membership dues paid in part for Glenn Kaplan ($8,807).
 
(4) Represents,  in  each case,  the  Company's payment  of  premiums on  a life
    insurance policy. See "-- Employment Agreements."
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The Company has  entered into substantially  similar employment  agreements,
effective  upon  consummation of  the Offering,  with each  of Glenn  Kaplan (as
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), Wayne L. Kaplan (as Vice-Chairman, Senior
Executive Vice President  and Secretary) and  Evan A. Kaplan  (as President  and
Chief  Operating Officer)  (each individually,  an "Executive").  Each agreement
provides for  an initial  five-year term  which is  automatically renewable  for
successive  one-year  terms (the  "Employment Term")  unless either  party gives
written notice to the other at least  six months prior to the expiration of  the
then  Employment  Term.  During  the  Employment  Term,  the  Executive  will be
obligated to  devote substantially  all  his business  time, energy,  skill  and
efforts  to  the  performance  of  his  duties  under  the  agreement  and shall
faithfully serve the Company, subject to his right to perform his obligations as
operator of one or more of the Company's facilities in his individual capacity.
 
    The agreement provides for  an annual base salary  of $213,000 (as  adjusted
annually   for  cost  of  living  increases)  and  a  discretionary  bonus.  The
Compensation Committee shall determine the amount of the bonus to be awarded  to
the Kaplans, taking into account the operating results of the Company as well as
such  subjective factors as the Compensation  Committee deems appropriate and in
the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, which bonus amount  will
be shared equally by the Kaplans. In addition, under the agreement the Executive
will be entitled to long-term disability coverage, use of an automobile and club
membership, and benefits generally provided to executive employees.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
   
    The  agreement also provides that during the Employment Term and thereafter,
the Company will indemnify Executive to the fullest extent permitted by law,  in
connection  with any claim against Executive as a result of Executive serving as
an officer or director of the Company or  in any capacity at the request of  the
Company  in  or  with regard  to  any  other entity,  employee  benefit  plan or
enterprise. Following Executive's  termination of employment,  the Company  will
continue  to  cover the  Executive under  the  Company's directors  and officers
insurance for the  period during  which Executive  may be  subject to  potential
liability  for any claim, action or proceeding  (whether civil or criminal) as a
result of his service as  an officer or director of  the Company at the  highest
level then maintained for any then or former officer or director.
    
 
   
    Any  dispute  or  controversy  arising  under  or  in  connection  with this
Agreement (other  than  injunctive  relief)  shall  be  settled  exclusively  by
arbitration.  Each party shall bear its own legal fees except that, in the event
the Executive prevails  on any material  issue, the arbitrator  shall award  the
Executive his legal fees, except those attributable to frivolous positions.
    
 
   
    The agreement may be terminated at any time by the Executive for Good Reason
(including a Change in Control of the Company) or by the Company with or without
Cause  (as each capitalized term is defined  in the agreement). Good Reason also
includes an event of default or  termination, other than in accordance with  its
terms,  by  the Company  or  its subsidiaries  without  cause, of  any operating
agreement between the  Company and the  Kaplans, as operators  of the  Company's
facilities,  or  any management  agreement  between the  Company's  wholly owned
subsidiary and the Kaplans. If the employment of the Executive is terminated for
any reason, he may withdraw as a  licensed operator of certain of the  Company's
facilities.  Likewise, if any Kaplan is terminated by the Company as an operator
of one of its  facilities, he may  resign his employment  with the Company.  See
"Risk  Factors  --  Operating Agreements;  Management  Agreements"  and "Certain
Transactions."
    
 
    If the Executive terminates his employment with the Company for Good  Reason
(including  the Company giving  notice of non-renewal)  or is terminated without
Cause, he will receive severance pay (i)  in an amount equal to two years'  Base
Salary  and  bonus, plus  (ii)  continued medical  benefits  for two  years. The
agreement provides  that  Executive will  have  no obligation  to  mitigate  the
Company's  financial obligations in the event of his termination for Good Reason
or without Cause  and there will  be no offset  against the Company's  financial
obligations  for other  amounts earned by  the Executive. If  termination is the
result of Executive's death or disability, the Company will pay to the Executive
(or his estate), an amount equal to six months' Base Salary at his then  current
rate  of pay  (reduced in  the case  of disability  by his  long-term disability
policy payments). If the  Executive's employment is terminated  by him for  Good
Reason  or by the Company without Cause, he  may also withdraw as an operator of
the Company's facilities; in such an event, he will be entitled to receive twice
his pro  rata  share of  the  operating fees  (net  of fees  payable  under  the
applicable  management  agreement) for  the preceding  twelve months.  See "Risk
Factors  --   Operating   Agreements;  Management   Agreements"   and   "Certain
Transactions."
 
1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 
    BACKGROUND;  PURPOSE; ELIGIBILITY.  On June  7, 1996, the Board of Directors
and the stockholders of the Company  approved the Incentive Plan. The  Incentive
Plan  was subsquently  amended and  restated, effective as  of June  7, 1996, to
reflect certain changes in applicable securities laws and to make certain  other
changes.  The following description of the Incentive  Plan is intended only as a
summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Incentive Plan. The
purpose of the Incentive Plan is to  enhance the profitability and value of  the
Company and its affiliates for the benefit of their stockholders by enabling the
Company  (i) to offer employees of the  Company stock based incentives and other
equity interests in the Company, thereby creating a means to raise the level  of
stock  ownership  by  employees in  order  to  attract, retain  and  reward such
employees and strengthen the  mutuality of interests  between employees and  the
Company's  stockholders, and  (ii) to make  equity based  awards to non-employee
directors  thereby  attracting,  retaining   and  rewarding  such   non-employee
directors  and  strengthening the  mutuality  of interests  between non-employee
directors and the stockholders. All employees of the
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
Company and its  subsidiaries that  satisfy certain  ownership requirements  are
eligible   to  be  granted  awards  under   the  Incentive  Plan.  In  addition,
non-employee directors of the Company will receive awards of non-qualified stock
options under  the  Incentive  Plan,  but are  not  eligible  for  other  awards
thereunder.
 
    ADMINISTRATION.  The Incentive Plan will be administered by the Stock Option
Committee  of the Board of Directors of  the Company (the "Board") which, to the
extent legally  required, will  be comprised  solely of  two or  more  directors
qualifying  as "outside directors" under Section  162(m) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as  amended (the "Code") and  satisfying any requirements of  Rule
16b-3  of the Securities Exchange Act of  1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").
The Stock Option Committee will have  full authority and discretion, subject  to
the  terms of  the Incentive  Plan, to  determine those  individuals eligible to
receive awards and the amount and type of awards. Terms and conditions of awards
will be  set forth  in written  grant agreements,  the terms  of which  will  be
consistent with the terms of the Incentive Plan. Awards under the Incentive Plan
may  not be made on or after the  tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption,
but awards granted prior to such date may extend beyond that date.
 
    AVAILABLE SHARES AND  OTHER UNITS.   A maximum of  600,000 shares of  Common
Stock  may be issued  or used for  reference purposes pursuant  to the Incentive
Plan. The maximum  number of shares  of Common  Stock subject to  each of  stock
options or stock appreciation rights that may be granted to any individual under
the Incentive Plan is 50,000 for each fiscal year of the Company during the term
of the Incentive Plan. If a stock appreciation right is granted in tandem with a
stock  option,  it shall  apply  against the  individual  limits for  both stock
options and stock appreciation rights, but only once against the maximum  number
of shares available under the Incentive Plan.
 
    In  general, upon the  cancellation or expiration of  an award, the unissued
shares of Common Stock subject to such awards will again be available for awards
under the Incentive Plan, but will still count against the individual  specified
limits.
 
    The Stock Option Committee may make appropriate adjustments to the number of
shares  available  for awards  and  the terms  of  outstanding awards  under the
Incentive Plan to reflect any change  in the Company's capital stock,  split-up,
stock   dividend,   special   distribution  to   stockholders,   combination  or
reclassification with respect  to any outstanding  series or class  of stock  or
consolidation,  or merger or sale  of all or substantially  all of the assets of
the Company.
 
   
    AMENDMENTS.  The Incentive Plan provides that it may be amended by the Board
of Directors, except that  no such amendment,  without stockholder approval  (to
the  extent such  approval is required  by Rule  16b-3 of the  Exchange Act, the
exception for performance-based  compensation under Section  162(m) of the  Code
or,  to the extent applicable  to incentive stock options,  under Section 422 of
the Code), may increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock  reserved
for  awards or  the maximum  individual limits for  any fiscal  year, change the
classification of  employees  and  non-employee directors  eligible  to  receive
awards,  decrease the  minimum option  price of  any option,  extend the maximum
option period  under the  Incentive  Plan, change  any  rights with  respect  to
non-employee  directors  or  make  any other  change  that  requires stockholder
approval under, to the  extent applicable, Rule 16b-3  of the Exchange Act,  the
exception  for performance-based compensation  under Section 162(m)  of the Code
or, to the  extent applicable  to incentive stock  options, Section  422 of  the
Code.  The  Incentive  Plan may  not  be  amended without  the  approval  of the
stockholders of the  Company in  accordance with  the applicable  laws or  other
requirements to (i) increase the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that
may  be issued under the Incentive Plan,  (ii) decrease the minimum option price
of any option, or (iii) make any other amendment that would require  stockholder
approval  under  the rules  of any  exchange  or system  on which  the Company's
Securities are listed or traded at the request of the Company.
    
 
   
    TYPES OF AWARDS.  The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of any or all of
the following  types  of  awards  to  eligible  employees:  (i)  stock  options,
including  incentive stock options  and non-qualified stock  options; (ii) stock
appreciation rights, in tandem  with stock options  or freestanding), and  (iii)
restricted  stock. In  addition, the  Incentive Plan  provides for  the one-time
non-discretionary award of
    
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
stock options to non-employee directors of  the Company. Each of these types  of
awards  is discussed  in more  detail below.  Awards may  be granted  singly, in
combination, or in tandem, as determined by the Stock Option Committee.
 
    STOCK OPTIONS.   Under the Incentive  Plan, the Stock  Option Committee  may
grant  awards in the form of options  to purchase shares of the Company's Common
Stock. Options may be  in the form of  incentive stock options or  non-qualified
stock  options.  The Stock  Option  Committee will,  with  regard to  each stock
option, determine the number of  shares subject to the  option, the term of  the
option (which shall not exceed ten years, provided, however, that the term of an
incentive stock option granted to a ten percent stockholder of the Company shall
not  exceed five years),  the exercise price  per share of  stock subject to the
option, the  vesting schedule  (if any),  and the  other material  terms of  the
option.  No option may have an exercise price less than the Fair Market Value of
the Common Stock at  the time of grant  (or, in the case  of an incentive  stock
option  granted to a ten percent stockholder of the Company, 110% of Fair Market
Value), except that, in the case  of certain modifications of the stock  options
that  are deemed  to be  new issuances  under the  Code, the  exercise price may
continue to be the original exercise price.
 
    The option price upon  exercise may, to the  extent determined by the  Stock
Option  Committee at  or after the  time of grant,  be paid by  a participant in
cash, in shares of Common Stock owned by the participant (free and clear of  any
liens  and encumbrances),  in shares of  restricted stock valued  at fair market
value on the payment date as  determined by the Stock Option Committee  (without
regard  to any  forfeiture restrictions  applicable to  restricted stock),  by a
reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of  the
option  or by such other method as is approved by the Stock Option Committee. If
an option is exercised by delivery of shares of restricted stock, the shares  of
Common  Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise  of the option will generally be
subject to the same  restrictions as were applicable  to such restricted  stock.
All  options may be made exercisable  in installments, and the exercisability of
options may  be accelerated  by the  Stock Option  Committee. The  Stock  Option
Committee  may at  any time offer  to buy  an option previously  granted on such
terms and conditions as  the Stock Option Committee  shall establish. The  Stock
Option  Committee may  in its discretion  reprice options  or substitute options
with lower exercise  prices in  exchange for  outstanding options  that are  not
incentive  stock options, provided that the exercise price of substitute options
or repriced options shall not be less than the Fair Market Value at the time  of
such repricing or substitution. Options may also, at the discretion of the Stock
Option Committee, provide for "reloads," whereby a new option is granted for the
same  number of  shares as the  number of  shares of Common  Stock or restricted
stock used by the participant to pay the option price upon exercise.
 
    RESTRICTED STOCK.  The Incentive Plan authorizes the Stock Option  Committee
to  award shares of  restricted stock. Upon  the award of  restricted stock, the
recipient has all rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares,  including
the  right  to receive  dividends currently,  unless so  specified by  the Stock
Option  Committee  at  the  time  of  grant,  subject  to  the  conditions   and
restrictions  generally applicable to restricted stock or specifically set forth
in the recipient's restricted stock award agreement. Unless otherwise determined
by the Committee at grant, payment of dividends, if any, shall be deferred until
the date that the relevant share of restricted stock vests.
 
    Recipients of restricted stock are required to enter into a restricted stock
award agreement with  the Company  which states  the restrictions  to which  the
shares  are subject and the date or dates or criteria on which such restrictions
will lapse. Within the limits of the Incentive Plan, the Stock Option  Committee
may  provide for the lapse  of such restrictions in  installments in whole or in
part or may accelerate or waive such restrictions at any time.
 
    STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS ("SARS").  The Incentive Plan authorizes the Stock
Option Committee to  grant SARs either  with a stock  option ("Tandem SARs")  or
independent of a stock option ("Non-Tandem SARs"). A SAR is a right to receive a
payment  either  in cash  or  Common Stock  as  the Stock  Option  Committee may
determine, equal in value to the excess of  the Fair Market Value of a share  of
Common  Stock on  the date  of exercise  over the  reference price  per share of
Common Stock established in connection with the grant of the SAR. The  reference
price per share covered by an SAR will be the per
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
share  exercise price of the related option in the case of a Tandem SAR and will
be not less than the per share Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date
of grant (or any other date chosen by the Committee) in the case of a Non-Tandem
SAR subject to the same exception that applies to stock options.
 
    A Tandem SAR may be  granted at the time of  the grant of the related  stock
option  or, if the related stock option  is a non-qualified stock option, at any
time thereafter during the term of the stock option. A Tandem SAR generally  may
be exercised at and only at the times and to the extent the related stock option
is  exercisable. A Tandem SAR  is exercised by surrendering  the same portion of
the related option.  A Tandem SAR  expires upon the  termination of the  related
stock option.
 
    A  Non-Tandem  SAR  will be  exercisable  as  provided by  the  Stock Option
Committee and will  have such  other terms and  conditions as  the Stock  Option
Committee  may determine. A  Non-Tandem SAR may  have a term  no longer than ten
years from its date  of grant. A  Non-Tandem SAR is  subject to acceleration  of
vesting  or  immediate termination  upon  termination of  employment  in certain
circumstances.
 
    The Stock  Option Committee  is  also authorized  to grant  "limited  SARs,"
either  as Tandem SARs or Non-Tandem SARs. Limited SARs would become exercisable
only upon the occurrence  of a Change  in Control (as  defined in the  Incentive
Plan)  or such other  event as the  Stock Option Committee  may designate at the
time of grant or thereafter.
 
    CHANGE IN  CONTROL.    Subject  to  the  next  sentence,  unless  determined
otherwise  by the Stock Option Committee at the  time of grant, upon a Change in
Control  (as  defined  in  the  Incentive  Plan),  all  vesting  and  forfeiture
conditions,   restrictions  and  limitations  in  effect  with  respect  to  any
outstanding  award  will  immediately  lapse   and  any  unvested  awards   will
automatically  become 100% vested.  However, unless otherwise  determined by the
Stock Option Committee at the time  of grant, no acceleration of  exercisability
shall  occur  with regard  to certain  options that  the Stock  Option Committee
reasonably determines in good faith prior to a Change in Control will be honored
or assumed  or  new rights  substituted  therefor by  a  participant's  employer
immediately following the Change in Control.
 
    AWARDS  TO  NON-EMPLOYEE  DIRECTORS.   The  Incentive  Plan  provides  for a
one-time nondiscretionary award of  10,000 options to  purchase Common Stock  to
each non-employee director. See "Management -- Compensation of Directors."
 
401(K) PLAN
 
    The  Predecessor  established  and  maintained  a  tax-qualified  plan under
Section 401(a)  of the  Code including  a Section  401(k) feature  (the  "401(k)
Plan").  The Company has  become the sponsor  and will continue  to maintain the
401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan provides retirement and other benefits to employees
of the Company and provides employees with a means to save for their retirement.
 
    Employees become eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan after they  have
attained  age 21 and have  worked for at least  twelve consecutive months during
which they complete at least 1,000 hours of service.
 
    Subject to legal limitations, participants may elect, on a salary  reduction
basis,  to have one percent to 15% of their eligible compensation contributed to
their accounts under the 401(k) Plan. The Company may make a discretionary match
of participants'  contributions  to  the  401(k)  Plan  up  to  6%  of  eligible
compensation  ("Matching Contributions").  In addition,  the Company  may make a
discretionary contribution to the  401(k) Plan ("Optional Contributions")  which
will  be allocable based  on relative eligible  compensation of participants who
have completed 1,000 hours of service during  the plan year and are employed  on
the  last day of the  plan year (or have retired,  died or incurred a disability
during a plan year).
 
    Participants  are  always  fully  vested  in  the  value  of  their   401(k)
contributions  and amounts "rolled over"  from other qualified retirement plans.
Participants become vested in the Company's Matching Contributions and  Optional
Contributions  based  on  a  graded  seven  year  vesting  schedule  (or  upon a
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
participant's attainment  of  age  65 while  still  employed,  retirement  after
attaining  age 65,  death, disability  or a termination  of the  401(k) Plan, if
earlier). Benefits  under the  401(k) Plan  may be  distributed in  a number  of
different  forms  to  be  elected  by  a  participant,  including  a  lump  sum,
installment payments  and  various  annuity  forms.  In  certain  circumstances,
participants  may receive loans or make hardship withdrawals from their accounts
in the 401(k)  Plan. Participants may  direct the investment  of their  accounts
under  the 401(k) Plan  among the various investment  vehicles offered under the
401(k) Plan.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Section 145 of the General Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware  grants
each  corporation organized thereunder  the power to  indemnify its officers and
directors against liability  for certain  of their  acts. Article  Ninth of  the
Company's  Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director of the Company
shall be liable to the Company for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the
fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware. Article Tenth  of
the  Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides  that the Company shall, to
the extent  permitted by  Delaware  law, indemnify  its officers  and  directors
against liability for certain of their acts.
 
    The  Underwriting Agreement provides  for reciprocal indemnification between
the Company, its controlling persons, on  the one hand, and the Underwriter  and
its  controlling  persons, on  the other  hand,  against certain  liabilities in
connection with this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Compensation policies  and decisions,  including those  relating to  salary,
bonuses  and benefits of executive officers, have  been set or made by the Board
of Directors since the formation of  the Company. The Kaplans have  participated
as  members  of the  Board of  Directors  in deliberations  concerning executive
officer compensation. Upon consummation of the Offering, the Board of  Directors
will  create a  Compensation Committee consisting  of a  majority of Independent
Directors which will recommend to the Board the cash compensation to be paid  to
the Company's executive officers.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    CONSOLIDATING  TRANSACTIONS.  The Company was formed in order to consolidate
and expand  the assisted  living business  of the  Predecessor. The  Predecessor
historically  operated its  business through  a number  of partnerships, limited
liability companies and  S corporations.  In connection with  the Offering,  the
Predecessor  and the Company are entering  into certain transactions pursuant to
which the Company shall  receive substantially all  of the Predecessor's  assets
associated  with  its  assisted  living  business.  In  addition,  a  number  of
transactions are being  entered into  in connection  with the  operation of  the
Company's  facilities,  largely  in  order to  comply  with  applicable  law and
regulations.
 
   
        CONVEYANCE OF ASSISTED LIVING BUSINESS TO  THE COMPANY.  At or prior  to
the  consummation of the Offering, the Predecessor shall have transferred to the
Company the following: (i) certain wholly owned subsidiaries of the  Predecessor
that own the entire fee in the land and building underlying six facilities (Town
Gate  East,  Town  Gate Manor,  Senior  Quarters at  Huntington  Station, Senior
Quarters at Centereach I, Senior Quarters  at Centereach II and Senior  Quarters
at  Stamford); (ii)  certain wholly owned  subsidiaries of  the Predecessor that
own, directly or indirectly, less than the  entire fee in the land and  building
underlying  five  facilities  (23.75%  of Change  Bridge  Inn,  50.1%  of Senior
Quarters at Chestnut  Ridge, 50% of  Senior Quarters at  East Northport, 10%  of
Senior  Quarters at Jamesburg, and 11% of Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle); (iii)
two wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of the  Predecessor  that  provided  management
services  for all  the foregoing facilities,  in addition to  four facilities in
which the  Predecessor did  not have  an equity  interest (Castle  Gardens,  The
Regency  at  Glen Cove,  Senior  Quarters at  Lynbrook,  and Senior  Quarters at
Cranford); (iv)  the  Predecessor's  interest  in  pre-construction  development
projects  in seven facilities (Patterson, NY;  Albany, NY; Briarcliff Manor, NY;
Tinton Falls, NJ; Westchester County, NY; Riverdale, NY and Northampton  County,
PA),  and (v) all of its other  assets relating to its assisted living business.
In consideration of the  foregoing, the Company  shall have at  or prior to  the
consummation  of the Offering: (i) issued to the Kaplans, as sole equal partners
of the Predecessor, 4,150,000 shares of Common  Stock, and paid to them the  sum
of  $6.0  million (representing  the approximate  tax  liability expected  to be
incurred by  the  Kaplans in  connection  with transactions  pertaining  to  the
transfer  by the Predecessor of its facilities  to the Company), and (ii) agreed
to pay all real estate transfer taxes arising out of the foregoing  transactions
(estimated to be approximately $250,000). As a result of these transactions, the
Company   shall  have   assumed  all  indebtedness   encumbering  the  Company's
facilities.  The  Kaplans  guaranteed  certain  indebtedness  incurred  by   the
Predecessor  with respect  to certain facilities,  and the Kaplans  expect to be
released  from  such  guarantees  after   consummation  of  the  Offering.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
    
 
   
        ARRANGEMENTS REGARDING OPERATION OF CERTAIN FACILITIES.  Because of  New
York  law  and  regulations,  the  Kaplans  individually  are  the  operators of
substantially all the Company's assisted living facilities located in New  York.
Of these facilities, the Kaplans are or will be the operators of Town Gate East,
Town  Gate  Manor, Senior  Quarters at  Huntington  Station, Senior  Quarters at
Centereach I,  Senior Quarters  at Centereach  II, Senior  Quarters at  Chestnut
Ridge  and Senior Quarters at Lynbrook,  either pursuant to a separate operating
agreement entered into by  the Company (each, an  "Operating Agreement") or  the
pre-existing  agreement with  the unaffiliated owner  of the  facility (that has
been assigned to the Kaplans). Each Operating  Agreement has a term of 25  years
and  provides  for an  operating  fee equal  to 5%  of  gross revenues  from the
facility. The pre-existing agreements with  third party owners generally have  a
term  of  five years  and provide  for an  operating  fee equal  to 5%  of gross
revenues or the greater of 5% of gross revenues and a minimum fee (ranging  from
$96,000  to $150,000  per annum).  In some  instances, the  Company may  also be
entitled to an incentive fee or may have an equity interest in the facility. The
Kaplans, as operators of each of  these facilities, have engaged a wholly  owned
subsidiary  of the Company to provide  certain management services in connection
with the  day-to-day operations  of  each facility  it  operates, in  each  case
pursuant  to a separate  management agreement (each,  a "Management Agreement").
Each  Management  Agreement  is  co-terminous  with  the  underlying   Operating
Agreement  or pre-existing agreement with the third-party owner. The fee payable
to the  Company's subsidiary  under  each Management  Agreement  is 30%  of  the
operators'  fee, increasing to 96% of all  the fees generated by aggregate gross
revenues of all facilities operated under this fee
    
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
   
structure exceeding  $23.0 million.  The  Kaplans have  also agreed  that,  with
respect  to any other projects for which the Company may not act as the licensed
operator (such as Senior Quarters at East Northport), they will act as  licensed
operators  in exchange  for a  fee equal  to 5%  of gross  revenues and  pay the
Company's wholly  owned  subsidiary  a  servicing fee  equal  to  96%  of  their
operating  fee. The  Operating Agreements may  be terminated: (i)  by either the
Company or  the licensed  operators upon  the occurrence  of certain  events  of
default  (such as failure to timely pay the licensed operators' fees, failure to
perform any  material  term, provision  or  covenant, subject  to  certain  cure
periods,  or an event  of default under  the Management Agreement);  (ii) by the
Company upon the death or disability of all the licensed operators; (iii) by the
licensed operators upon a change of control in the Company or at any time  after
five  years, or (iv) by the Company in its discretion at any time, provided that
if the operating agreement is terminated by the Company other than for an  event
of default by the licensed operators, the licensed operators will be entitled to
liquidated  damages  equal  to  twice the  licensed  operators'  fees  under the
applicable Operating  Agreement  (net  of  fees  payable  under  the  applicable
Management  Agreement)  over  the  preceding  twelve  months.  In  addition, the
employment agreement with each Kaplan provides that each Kaplan may withdraw  as
a  licensed operator  if he  ceases to  be an  employee of  the Company  for any
reason, and that if his  employment is terminated by him  for good reason or  by
the  Company without cause, he  will be entitled to  receive, in addition to the
severance  payments  provided  for  in  his  employment  agreement,  either  the
liquidated  damages provided for in the applicable Operating Agreement or a lump
sum equal  to twice  his share  of the  licensed operators'  fees (net  of  fees
payable  under  the applicable  Management Agreement)  for the  preceding twelve
months. Good reason  includes the  termination of  an Operating  Agreement or  a
Management  Agreement by the Company or its wholly owned subsidiary, as the case
may be,  other than  in accordance  with its  terms or  by a  licensed  operator
because  of an event of default. See "Management -- Employment Agreements". This
basic structure, and substantially similar agreements, are used with respect  to
one  New York facility (Senior Quarters at Centereach II) that is not a licensed
entity. See "Management -- Employment Agreements."
    
 
   
    Legislation has,  however, been  recently enacted  in New  York State  which
allows  for-profit corporations whose stock (and whose parent entity's stock) is
not traded on a national exchange or over-the-counter market, to operate certain
types of licensed facilities, including ALP facilities. As a result, the Kaplans
may form one or more corporations  to operate these facilities. The Kaplans  are
entitled,  pursuant to the operating agreements, to assign such agreement to any
for-profit corporation that is wholly owned by them.
    
 
    CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS REGARDING SALES OF COMMON STOCK.
 
   
        RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.  Each Kaplan has agreed with the Company  that
he  shall not, for so  long as he shall  be the licensed operator  of any of the
Company's facilities, transfer any shares of Common Stock, if it would result in
his personally owning fewer  than 500,000 shares of  Common Stock initially,  or
250,000  shares of Common Stock after  the fifth anniversary of the consummation
of the Offering,  in each case,  subject to certain  exceptions. In addition,  a
stockholders'  agreement between the Kaplans and  the Company, provides (i) each
Kaplan with a right of first refusal with respect to a transfer of the shares of
Common Stock of the other Kaplans, except for a limited exception in the case of
his death, and (ii) that the Kaplans shall vote all their shares of Common Stock
as a unit.
    
 
   
        REGISTRATION RIGHTS.   After the  Offering, each of  the Kaplans,  along
with  Herbert Kaplan, who beneficially own  in the aggregate 4,150,000 shares of
Common Stock (assuming no exercise  of the Underwriters' over-allotment  option)
will  be entitled  to certain  rights with respect  to the  registration of such
shares under the Securities  Act. Under the terms  of the agreement between  the
Company  and  the  Kaplans, if  the  Company  proposes to  register  any  of its
securities under  the Securities  Act, either  for its  own account  or for  the
account  of other security  holders exercising registration  rights, each of the
Kaplans are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to  include
shares  of such  Common Stock  therein. The  stockholders benefiting  from these
rights may, acting jointly, also require  the Company on two separate  occasions
to  file  a registration  statement under  the Securities  Act at  the Company's
expense with respect to shares of  Common Stock beneficially owned by them,  and
the  Company is required to  use its diligent reasonable  efforts to effect such
registration. These rights are subject to
    
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
certain restrictions, conditions and  limitations, among them  (i) the right  of
the  underwriters of an offering to limit  the number of shares included in such
registration, and (ii) the lock-up agreement whereby the Company and the Kaplans
have agreed with the  Underwriters, except in connection  with the Offering  and
the Underwriters' over-allotment option, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any
shares  of Common Stock or  other equity securities of  the Company for at least
180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent  of
the representatives of the Underwriters. See "Underwriting."
 
   
        SHATTUCK  HAMMOND  FEE.   The Company  will  pay its  financial advisor,
Shattuck Hammond Partners Inc., approximately $887,500 (assuming no exercise  of
the  Underwriters' over-allotment),  as its  fee for  various investment banking
services rendered. Joseph  G. Beck,  a director of  the Company,  is a  founding
principal,  executive  committee  member  and  shareholder  of  Shattuck Hammond
Partners Inc.
    
 
        FUTURE TRANSACTIONS.  The Board of Directors of the Company has  adopted
a  policy  that  future  transactions  between  the  Company  and  its officers,
directors, principal  stockholders  and  their affiliates  will  be  subject  to
approval  of a majority  of the Independent  Directors, and will  be on terms no
less favorable to  the Company than  could be obtained  from unaffiliated  third
parties.
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The   following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  with  respect  to
beneficial ownership of the Common Stock as of September 26, 1996, after  giving
effect  to the  conveyance of  the Company's facilities  and the  payment of the
consideration to the Kaplans as adjusted to reflect the sale of the Common Stock
offered hereby, by: (i) each  person known by the  Company to be the  beneficial
owner  of more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock; (ii) each of the Company's
directors; (iii) the Company's Chief Executive Officer and each of the Company's
other executive  officers,  and  (iv)  the  Company's  directors  and  executive
officers as a group:
    
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   OWNERSHIP
                                                                                                                     AFTER
                                                                                                                   OFFERING
                                                                                                                      AND
                                                                                                       SHARES     OVER-ALLOTMENT
                                        OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO OFFERING      OWNERSHIP AFTER OFFERING    SUBJECT TO   OPTION (2)
                                      -------------------------------  ----------------------------     OVER-     -----------
NAME AND ADDRESS OF                      NUMBER OF                      NUMBER OF                     ALLOTMENT    NUMBER OF
BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)                      SHARES         PERCENTAGE      SHARES       PERCENTAGE       OPTION       SHARES
- ------------------------------------  ---------------  --------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>              <C>             <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Glenn Kaplan (3)....................           300           100.0%     4,150,000          53.9%        266,250    3,883,750
Wayne L. Kaplan (3).................           300           100.0      4,150,000          53.9         266,250    3,883,750
Evan A. Kaplan (3)..................           300           100.0      4,150,000          53.9         266,250    3,883,750
John M. Sharpe, Jr. ................             0               0              0             0               0            0
Joseph G. Beck......................             0               0              0             0               0            0
Bernard J. Korman...................             0               0              0             0               0            0
Gerald Schuster.....................             0               0              0             0               0            0
Risa Lavizzo-Mourey, M.D............             0               0              0             0               0            0
Directors and officers as a group (8
 persons)...........................           300           100.0%     4,150,000          53.9%        266,250    3,883,750
 
<CAPTION>
 
NAME AND ADDRESS OF
BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)                    PERCENTAGE
- ------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                   <C>
Glenn Kaplan (3)....................         48.8%
Wayne L. Kaplan (3).................         48.8
Evan A. Kaplan (3)..................         48.8
John M. Sharpe, Jr. ................            0
Joseph G. Beck......................            0
Bernard J. Korman...................            0
Gerald Schuster.....................            0
Risa Lavizzo-Mourey, M.D............            0
Directors and officers as a group (8
 persons)...........................         48.8%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
   
(1)  Except  as  otherwise  noted,  the  address  of  the  Company's  directors,
     executive officers and Selling Stockholders  is c/o Kapson Senior  Quarters
     Corp., 242 Crossways Park West, Woodbury, New York 11797.
    
 
(2)  Assumes  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised  in  full. The
     Selling Stockholders will sell 50% of any shares with respect to which  the
     option is exercised.
 
(3)  Includes  shares owned  of record by  Glenn Kaplan, Wayne  Kaplan, and Evan
     Kaplan, each of whom share voting  and dispositive power over all of  these
     shares, and Herbert Kaplan, who has a pecuniary interest in, and has shared
     voting dispositive power over, 300,001 shares. Herbert Kaplan is the father
     of the Kaplans.
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The following description of the Company's capital stock does not purport to
be  complete and  is qualified  in its entirety  by reference  to (i) applicable
provisions of Delaware law, and (ii) the provisions of the Company's Certificate
of Incorporation and By-laws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
   
    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 30,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, par  value $.01,  and 10,000,000  shares of  Preferred Stock,  par
value  $.01,  which  may be  issued  in one  or  more classes  and  series. Upon
consummation  of  the  Offering,  assuming  no  exercise  of  the  Underwriters'
over-allotment  option, there  will be 7,700,000  shares of Common  Stock and no
shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.
    
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    Each holder of Common Stock is entitled  to one vote per share of record  on
all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Holders do not have cumulative
voting  rights. Stockholders  casting a plurality  of the  votes of stockholders
entitled to vote in  an election of  directors may elect  all of the  directors.
Subject  to the preferential rights of any  Preferred Stock that may at the time
be outstanding, each share of Common Stock will have an equal and ratable  right
to  receive dividends when, if and as declared from time to time by the Board of
Directors out of funds legally available therefor. The Company may in the future
be subject to certain  agreements which restrict the  payment of dividends.  The
Company does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See
"Dividend Policy."
 
    In  the  event of  liquidation, dissolution  or winding  up at  the Company,
holders of Common Stock  are entitled to share  ratably in all assets  remaining
after   payments  to  creditors  and   after  satisfaction  of  the  liquidation
preference, if any, of  any shares of  Preferred Stock that may  at the time  be
outstanding.   Holders  of  Common  Stock   have  no  preemptive,  subscription,
conversion or  redemption  rights  and  are not  subject  to  further  calls  or
assessments  by the Company. The outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the
shares of Common  Stock offered by  the Company  in the Offering  will be,  when
issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
UNDESIGNATED PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The   Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation   authorizes  the  Board  of
Directors, without any vote or action by the stockholders (subject to applicable
law or regulatory agencies or  by the rules of Nasdaq  or any stock exchange  on
which  the Company's Common Stock may then be listed), to issue up to 10,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, in one or more classes  and
series  and  to  fix  the  designations,  preferences,  rights,  qualifications,
limitations and  restrictions thereof,  including  the voting  rights,  dividend
rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, terms of redemption (including sinking
fund provisions), redemption price or prices, liquidation preferences and number
of  shares constituting any series. Although it presently has no intention to do
so, the Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, could issue  Preferred
Stock  with voting and conversion rights  that could adversely affect the voting
powers of the holders  of the Common  Stock and the market  price of the  Common
Stock.  Issuance  of  Preferred Stock  may  also  have the  effect  of delaying,
deferring or preventing  the change of  control of the  Company without  further
action  by the stockholders  and may discourage  bids for the  Common Stock at a
premium over the market price.
 
DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS
 
    The Company is subject  to Section 203 of  the Delaware General  Corporation
Law  ("Section 203") which, subject to  certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware
corporation from  engaging  in  any business  combination  with  any  interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder
became  an interested stockholder, unless: (i) prior  to such date, the board of
directors of the  corporation approved  either the business  combination or  the
transaction   which  resulted   in  the   stockholder  becoming   an  interested
stockholder; (ii) upon  consummation of  the transaction which  resulted in  the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned
at  least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the
transaction commenced (for the purposes
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
   
of determining  the number  of  shares outstanding,  under Delaware  law,  those
shares  owned (x)  by persons who  are directors  and also officers,  and (y) by
employee stock plans  in which employee  participants do not  have the right  to
determine  confidentially  whether  shares  held subject  to  the  plan  will be
tendered in a tender  or exchange offer are  excluded from the calculation),  or
(iii) on or subsequent to such date, the business combination is approved by the
board   of  directors  and  authorized  at  an  annual  or  special  meeting  of
stockholders, and not by  written consent, by the  affirmative vote of at  least
66  2/3% of the  outstanding voting stock  which is not  owned by the interested
stockholder.
    
 
   
    Section 203 defines  a business combination  to include: (i)  any merger  or
consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder; (ii) any
sale,  transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the
corporation involving  the  interested  stockholder; (iii)  subject  to  certain
exceptions,  any transaction  which results in  the issuance or  transfer by the
corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;  (iv)
any transaction involving the corporation which has the effect of increasing the
proportionate  share of  the stock  of any  class or  series of  the corporation
beneficially owned by  the interested  stockholder, or  (v) the  receipt by  the
interested  stockholder  of  the  benefit of  any  loans,  advances, guarantees,
pledges or other financial benefits provided  by or through the corporation.  In
general,  Section 203 defines an interested  stockholder as any entity or person
beneficially owning  15%  or  more  of  the  outstanding  voting  stock  of  the
corporation  and  any  entity  or  person  affiliated  with  or  controlling  or
controlled by such entity or person.
    
 
    Certain  provisions  of  the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and
Delaware  law may have a significant effect in delaying, deferring or preventing
a change in control of the Company and may adversely affect the voting and other
rights of other holders of Common Stock. In particular, the ability of the Board
of Directors to issue Preferred  Stock without further stockholder approval  may
have  the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the
Company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of other holders of
Common Stock. In addition, the  Company's Certificate of Incorporation  provides
for  a classified Board of  Directors and the inability  of stockholders to vote
cumulatively for directors.
 
LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
 
   
    The Certificate  of Incorporation  of the  Company limits  the liability  of
directors  and officers  to the  Company or  its holders  to the  fullest extent
permitted by Delaware Law. The inclusion of this provision in the Certificate of
Incorporation may  have the  effect  of reducing  the likelihood  of  derivative
litigation  against directors or  officers of the Company  and may discourage or
deter stockholders or management  from bringing a  lawsuit against directors  of
the  Company for breach  of their duty of  care, even though  such an action, if
successful, might otherwise have benefited the Company and its stockholders.
    
 
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF AUTHORIZED BUT UNISSUED STOCK
 
    Upon consummation of the Offering, there will be 22,300,000 shares (assuming
no exercise of  the Underwriters'  over-allotment option) of  Common Stock,  par
value  $.01, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01, available
for future issuance without stockholder approval, except as may be required  for
a  particular  transaction by  the  Company's Certificate  of  Incorporation, by
applicable law or regulatory  agencies or by  the rules of  Nasdaq or any  stock
exchange  on  which  the  Company's  Common  Stock  may  then  be  listed. These
additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including
future public offerings to raise  additional capital or to facilitate  corporate
acquisitions.  The Company  does not  currently have  plans to  issue additional
shares of capital stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The Stock Transfer Agent and Registrar for  the Common Stock is The Bank  of
New  York.  Its address  and telephone  number is  The Bank  of New  York, Attn:
Investor Relations, 101 Barclay St., 11W, New York, NY; (800) 524-4458.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has not  been any public market for the  Common
Stock  of the Company. No prediction can be  made as to the effect, if any, that
market sales of shares of Common Stock  or the availability of shares of  Common
Stock  for sale  will have  on the  market price  prevailing from  time to time.
Nevertheless, sales of Common Stock or the perception that sales of  substantial
amounts  of Common Stock could occur in the public market after the restrictions
described below could adversely affect the prevailing market price of the Common
Stock and the ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future.
 
    Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have outstanding 7,700,000
shares of  Common  Stock  (7,966,250  shares if  the  over-allotment  option  is
exercised  in full). Of these  shares, 3,550,000 shares of  Common Stock sold in
the Offering (4,082,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full)  will
be  tradeable without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act, except
for any  shares  purchased by  "affiliates"  (as that  term  is defined  in  the
Securities  Act) of the Company which will  be subject to the resale limitations
under Rule 144 of the Securities Act. The remaining 4,150,000 outstanding shares
of  Common  Stock  held  by  existing  stockholders  (3,883,750  shares  if  the
over-allotment  option is exercised in  full) are "restricted securities" within
the meaning of Rule  144 (the "Restricted Shares").  The Restricted Shares  were
issued  and  sold  by  the  Company in  private  transactions  in  reliance upon
exemptions from registration under the Securities Act  and may not be sold in  a
public  distribution except in compliance  with the registration requirements of
the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption, including that provided by  Rule
144.
 
    In  general, under Rule 144 as currently  in effect, beginning 90 days after
the Offering, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who owns  shares
that  were purchased  from the  Company (or  any affiliate)  at least  two years
previously, including persons who  may be deemed affiliates  of the Company,  is
entitled  to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of the Company's  Common
Stock  (approximately 77,000 shares  immediately after the  Offering assuming no
exercise of  the  Underwriters' over-allotment  option)  or the  average  weekly
trading  volume  of the  Company's Common  Stock in  the Nasdaq  National Market
during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is
filed with the  Commission. Sales  under Rule 144  are also  subject to  certain
manner  of sale provisions, notice requirements  and the availability of current
public information about the  Company. Any person (or  persons whose shares  are
aggregated)  who is not deemed  to have been an affiliate  of the Company at any
time during  the 90  days  preceding a  sale, and  who  owns shares  within  the
definition  of "restricted securities"  under Rule 144  under the Securities Act
that were purchased  from the Company  (or any affiliate)  at least three  years
previously,  would be  entitled to  sell such  shares under  Rule 144(k) without
regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public  information
requirements or notice requirements.
 
    The Commission has proposed to amend the holding period required by Rule 144
to  permit sales of "restricted securities" after one year rather than two years
(and two years rather than three  years for "non-affiliates" who desire to  sell
such  shares under  Rule 144(k)). If  such proposed amendment  were enacted, the
"restricted securities" would become freely tradeable (subject to any applicable
contractual restrictions) at correspondingly earlier dates.
 
    After the  Offering (and  upon consummation  of the  Company's agreement  to
acquire  the 50% interest it does not already own in the entity that owns Senior
Quarters at East  Northport), the holders  of 4,200,000 shares  of Common  Stock
(assuming  no  exercise of  the Underwriters'  over-allotment option),  or their
transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration
of such shares under the Securities Act, subject to the contractual restrictions
described below. See "Certain Transactions -- Registration Rights." Registration
of such shares  under the Securities  Act would result  in such shares  becoming
freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act (except for shares
purchased   by   affiliates)  immediately   upon   the  effectiveness   of  such
registration.
 
    The Company, the Selling Stockholders, each director, executive officer  and
affiliate  of the Company has agreed with the Underwriters, except in connection
with the Offering and the Underwriters'
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
over-allotment option, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of  Common
Stock  or other equity securities of the Company for at least 180 days after the
date of this Prospectus without the prior written consent of the representatives
of the Underwriters, except in connection with the Offering. See "Underwriting."
Each Kaplan has also agreed with the Company  that he shall not, for so long  as
he shall be the operator of any of the Company's facilities, transfer any shares
of  Common Stock if it would result  in his personally owning fewer than 500,000
shares of Common Stock  initially, or 250,000 shares  of Common Stock after  the
fifth  anniversary of the consummation of the Offering, in each case, subject to
certain exceptions. In addition, a stockholders' agreement among the Kaplans and
the Company, provides (i) each Kaplan with a right of first refusal with respect
to a transfer of  the shares of  Common Stock of the  other Kaplans, except  for
transfers to or for the benefit of family members and a limited exception in the
case  of his  death, and (ii)  that the Kaplans  shall vote all  their shares of
Common Stock as a unit.
 
   
    The Company intends to  file a registration  statement under the  Securities
Act covering approximately 600,000 shares of Common Stock issued or reserved for
issuance  under  the Incentive  Plan. See  "Management  -- 1996  Stock Incentive
Plan." Such registration statement is expected to  be filed prior to the end  of
the  1996  fiscal  year and  will  automatically become  effective  upon filing.
Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement pursuant to the
Plan will, subject to Rule 144  volume limitations applicable to affiliates,  be
available for sale in the open market, except to the extent that such shares are
subject  to vesting  restrictions. At  September 26,  1996, options  to purchase
117,500 shares have been granted under the Plan, none of which have vested.
    
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting  Agreement
among   the  Company,  the  Selling   Stockholders  and  the  Underwriters  (the
"Underwriting Agreement"), the Company  has agreed to  sell to the  underwriters
named  below (the  "Underwriters"), for whom  Salomon Brothers Inc  is acting as
representative (the "Representative"), and  each such Underwriter has  severally
agreed  to purchase from the  Company, the aggregate number  of shares of Common
Stock set forth opposite its name below.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NUMBER
UNDERWRITERS                                                                       OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
Salomon Brothers Inc ..........................................................        777,000
Raymond James & Associates, Inc. ..............................................        776,500
Wheat, First Securities, Inc. .................................................        776,500
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated................................................        140,000
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation............................        140,000
PaineWebber Incorporated.......................................................        140,000
J.C. Bradford & Co.............................................................        100,000
Fahnestock & Co. Inc...........................................................        100,000
First Albany Corporation.......................................................        100,000
McDonald & Company Securities, Inc.............................................        100,000
The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc.............................................        100,000
Tucker Anthony Incorporated....................................................        100,000
Advest Inc.....................................................................         50,000
Janney Montgomery Scott Inc....................................................         50,000
Ragen Mackenzie Incorporated...................................................         50,000
Renaissance Capital Corporation................................................         50,000
                                                                                 -------------
    Total......................................................................      3,550,000
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    In the Underwriting Agreement, the several Underwriters have agreed, subject
to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the shares  of
Common  Stock offered  hereby (other  than those  subject to  the over-allotment
option described below)  if any such  shares are  purchased. In the  event of  a
default  by an Underwriter, the Underwriting Agreement provides that, in certain
circumstances the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting Underwriters may be
increased or the Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.
 
   
    The Company  has  been  advised  by  the  Representative  that  the  several
Underwriters  propose to offer shares of Common  Stock directly to the public at
the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to
certain dealers at  such price  less a  concession not  in excess  of $0.42  per
share.  The Underwriters may allow, and  such dealers may re-allow, a concession
not in excess of $0.10 per share  to certain other dealers. After the  Offering,
the initial public offering price and such concessions may be changed.
    
 
    The  Company and the Selling Stockholders have each granted the Underwriters
an option,  exercisable  during  the  30-day  period  after  the  date  of  this
Prospectus,  to purchase up  to 266,250 and 266,250  additional shares of Common
Stock, respectively (532,500  in the  aggregate), to  cover over-allotments,  if
any,  at the price to the public less the Underwriting Discount set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such
option, each  Underwriter  will  have  a firm  commitment,  subject  to  certain
conditions,  to purchase the same proportion of  the option shares as the number
of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by such Underwriter in the above table
bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock offered by the  Underwriters
hereby.  In  the  event  that  the  Underwriters  exercise  less  than  the full
over-allotment option, the number of shares to be sold pursuant thereto shall be
allocated equally  as  between  the  Company and  the  Selling  Stockholders  in
proportion  to the number  of such persons'  or entity's shares  subject to such
option.
 
   
    Shattuck Hammond Partners Inc., which is not acting as an underwriter in the
Offering, will  receive  approximately $887,500  (assuming  no exercise  of  the
Underwriters over-allotment option) from the
    
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
Company  as  its  fee  for various  investment  banking  and  financial advisory
services rendered. Joseph  G. Beck,  a founding  principal, executive  committee
member  and shareholder of Shattuck  Hammond Partners Inc. is  a director of the
Company.
 
    The Company, the Selling Stockholders, and each director, executive  officer
and affiliate of the Company has agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract
to   sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of,  directly  or  indirectly,  with  certain
exceptions, any shares of  Common Stock or any  securities convertible into,  or
exchangeable  for, shares of Common Stock for a period of at least 180 days from
the date of this Prospectus without the prior consent of the Representative.
 
    The Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that  the  Company  and  the  Selling
Stockholders   will   indemnify   the  several   Underwriters   against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities  under the Securities  Act, or contribute  to
payments the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
 
    The  Representative  has informed  the Company  that it  does not  intend to
confirm sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority.
 
    Prior to the Offering, there  has been no market  for the Common Stock.  The
initial  public  offering price  for  the Common  Stock  has been  determined by
negotiation between the  Company and  the Underwriters  and is  based on,  among
other  things, the Company's financial and  operating history and condition, the
prospects of the  Company and  its industry in  general, the  management of  the
Company  and the market prices of  securities of companies in businesses similar
to those of the Company.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The combined financial statements of the Predecessor as of December 31, 1994
and 1995 and for each of the years  in the three year period ended December  31,
1995  and the Balance Sheet of the Company as of June 10, 1996, included in this
registration statement, have been included  herein in reliance upon the  reports
of  Coopers  &  Lybrand  L.L.P.,  independent  accountants,  appearing elsewhere
herein, given  on  the authority  of  that firm  as  experts in  accounting  and
auditing.
 
    The  financial statements  of Town Gate  East (a partnership)  and Town Gate
Manor (a partnership) as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for each of the years
in the three-year period ended December 31, 1995, included in this  registration
statement,  have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Rotenberg &
Company LLP, independent accountants, appearing  elsewhere herein, given on  the
authority of that firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby is being passed upon for the
Company  by  Proskauer Rose  Goetz  & Mendelsohn  LLP,  New York.  Certain legal
matters  in  connection  with  the  Offering  are  being  passed  upon  for  the
Underwriters by Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton, New York.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company  has filed  with the  Commission,  through the  Electronic Data
Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System ("EDGAR"), a Registration Statement  on
Form  S-1 under  the Securities  Act with  respect to  the Common  Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus, filed as part  of the Registration Statement, does  not
contain  all of the  information included in the  Registration Statement and the
exhibits and schedules thereto, certain portions  of which have been omitted  in
accordance  with  the  rules  and regulations  of  the  Commission.  For further
information with respect  to the Company  and the Common  Stock offered  hereby,
reference  is hereby  made to  the Registration  Statement and  the exhibits and
schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus by  reference
as  to the contents of any contract, agreement or other document referred to are
not necessarily complete  and in each  such instance, reference  is made to  the
copy  of such contract, agreement  or other document filed  as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement for a more complete description of the matters  involved,
and  each  such statement  shall be  deemed  qualified in  its entirety  by such
reference. The  Registration Statement,  including  the exhibits  and  schedules
thereto,  may  be inspected  without charge  and  copied at  the offices  of the
Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C.  20549 and at  the Commission's regional  offices located at  7 World Trade
Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
10048; and  Citicorp  Center, 500  West  Madison Street,  Suite  1400,  Chicago,
Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials may be obtained at the prescribed rates
from  the Commission's Public  Reference Section at  Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza,
450  Fifth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.  Electronic   registration
statements  filed through EDGAR may also  be accessed electronically through the
Commission's home page on the World Wide Web at http://www.sec.gov.
 
    As  a  result  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  will  be  subject  to   the
informational  requirements  of the  Exchange  Act. So  long  as the  Company is
subject to the  periodic reporting  requirements of  the Exchange  Act, it  will
furnish  the reports, proxy statements and other information required thereby to
the Commission via EDGAR. The Company  intends to furnish holders of the  Common
Stock with annual reports containing, among other information, audited financial
statements  certified  by an  independent public  accounting firm  and quarterly
reports containing unaudited condensed financial information for the first three
quarters of each  fiscal year. The  Company also intends  to furnish such  other
reports  as  it may  determine or  as may  be  required by  law. Copies  of such
material may  be inspected  and copied  at  the offices  of the  Commission  and
accessed  electronically through  the Commission's home  page on  the World Wide
Web.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                                       -----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Pro Forma Combined Condensed Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1996.......................................          F-3
Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1995............          F-4
Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1996..........          F-5
Notes to Pro Forma Combined Condensed Balance Sheet..................................................          F-6
Notes to Pro Forma Combined Condensed Statement of Operations........................................          F-8
THE KAPSON GROUP (THE PREDECESSOR)
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................................         F-12
Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995
 and (unaudited) as of June 30, 1996.................................................................         F-13
Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994
 and 1995 and (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996............................         F-14
Combined Statements of Changes in Partners and Shareholders' (Deficit) for
 the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited)
 for the six months ended June 30, 1996..............................................................         F-15
Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
 (unaudited) for the three months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996.......................................         F-16
Notes to Combined Financial Statements...............................................................         F-17
KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP. (THE COMPANY)
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................................         F-29
Balance Sheet as of June 10, 1996....................................................................         F-30
Notes to Balance Sheet...............................................................................         F-31
TOWN GATE EAST
Report of Independent Accountants....................................................................         F-34
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) as of March 31, 1996.................         F-35
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) for the
 three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996..........................................................         F-36
Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital for the years
 ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) as of March 31, 1996.........................         F-37
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995 and (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.............................         F-38
Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities.............................         F-39
Notes to Financial Statements........................................................................         F-40
TOWN GATE MANOR
Report of Independent Auditors.......................................................................         F-44
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) as of March 31, 1996.................         F-45
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and (unaudited) for the
 three months ended March 31, 1996...................................................................         F-46
Statements of Changes in Partners' Capital for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and
 (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1996...............................................         F-47
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
 1995 and (unaudited) for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.............................         F-48
Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash Flows from Operating Activity...............................         F-49
Notes to Financial Statements........................................................................         F-50
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
    At  or prior to the  consummation of the Offering,  the Company will acquire
from the Kapson Group (the Predecessor) the following: (i) certain wholly  owned
entities  of the Predecessor  that own the  entire fee in  the land and building
underlying six facilities (Town Gate Manor  and Town Gate East (acquired by  the
Predecessor  on  April 1,  1996 for  approximately $10,375,000  financed through
mortgage notes  with an  institution  at annual  interest  of 4.25%  above  U.S.
Treasury  notes),  Senior Quarters  at  Huntington Station,  Senior  Quarters at
Centereach I, Senior Quarters at Centereach II and Senior Quarters at Stamford);
(ii)  certain   wholly  owned   entities  of   the  Predecessor   that  have   a
controlling/majority  ownership of the  fee in the  land and building underlying
two facilities  (Senior  Quarters  at  East Northport  and  Senior  Quarters  at
Chestnut  Ridge) and;  (iii) certain wholly  owned entities that  own a minority
interest in certain facilities (Senior Quarters at Jamesburg, Senior Quarters at
Glen Riddle and Senior Quarters at Montville). The unaudited pro forma  combined
condensed  financial  statements reflect  the following:  1) adjustment  for the
allocation of  the  purchase  price  and  the  historical  operations  prior  to
acquisition  of Town Gate Manor  and Town Gate East  based on the estimated fair
value of the  assets assumed and  the related financing  in accordance with  the
purchase  method of accounting; 2) additional compensation for senior executives
of the Company and additional general and administrative costs of operating as a
public company; 3) operating fees to be  paid to the Kaplans to operate  certain
New  York  facilities; 4)  the  initial capitalization  of  the Company  and the
issuance of approximately 4,150,000 shares of the Company's common stock to  the
Kaplans  for the conveyance of their facilities and interests to the Company; 5)
the sale of a minority  interest in Senior Quarters  at Chestnut Ridge in  April
1996, and 6) the agreement to purchase for $2,600,000 the remaining 50% interest
in Senior Quarters at East Northport through issuance of 50,000 shares of common
stock  ($500,000)  and  the remainder  ($2,100,000)  paid with  proceeds  of the
initial  public  offering.   See  "Certain  Transactions"   elsewhere  in   this
Prospectus.
    
 
    The unaudited pro forma combined condensed balance sheet as of June 30, 1996
was  prepared as  if the  Certain Transactions  had occurred  at that  date. The
unaudited pro forma  statements of operations  for the year  ended December  31,
1995  and  for the  six  months ended  June  30, 1996  were  prepared as  if the
acquisition of  Town Gate  Manor  and Town  Gate East,  the  sale of  the  49.9%
minority  interest  in  Senior  Quarters  at  Chestnut  Ridge  and  the  pending
acquisition of the remaining 50% interest  in Senior Quarters at East  Northport
and the Certain Transactions had occurred as of January 1, 1995.
 
    In  the opinion of  management, all adjustments  necessary to present fairly
such pro forma financial statements have  been made based on the proposed  terms
and  structure  of  the  transactions. The  Company  anticipates,  however, that
changes in the composition of  the assets to be  acquired and liabilities to  be
assumed  will  occur due  to changes  in  the ordinary  course of  business. The
Company believes any related change in  adjustments will not be material to  the
pro  forma combined condensed  financial statements. In  addition, the pro forma
adjustments relating to the fair value  adjustments for the acquisition of  Town
Gate  Manor and Town Gate East and  the pending acquisition of the remaining 50%
interest in Senior Quarters at East Northport are subject to revision when final
analyses of such values are completed. In management's opinion, such adjustments
are not expected to materially differ from the final fair value adjustments.
 
    These unaudited pro  forma combined condensed  financial statements are  not
necessarily   indicative  of  what  actual  results  would  have  been  had  the
transactions occurred at  the beginning of  the respective periods  nor do  they
purport  to  indicate the  results of  future operations  of the  Company. These
unaudited pro forma financial statements should be read in conjunction with  the
accompanying   notes,  "Certain  Transactions",   "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations", and the audited  and
unaudited  historical financial statements and notes thereto of the Predecessor,
Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
              UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PRO FORMA
                                                                         PREDECESSOR    ADJUSTMENTS    PRO FORMA
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................   $     1,714   $  21,750(e)    $   23,464
  Accounts receivable.................................................            95                           95
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...........................           348                          348
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total current assets..............................................         2,157      21,750           23,907
Property and equipment, net...........................................        56,996                       56,996
Facility development costs............................................           187        --                187
Restricted cash.......................................................         2,384        --              2,384
Deferred financing costs, net.........................................         2,139                        2,139
Intangibles...........................................................         3,176       1,137(g)         4,313
Investment in joint ventures..........................................           503                          503
Other assets..........................................................           311                          311
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total assets......................................................   $    67,853   $  22,887       $   90,740
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
 
                           LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
  Current portion of long-term debt...................................   $       913   $    --         $      913
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses...............................         1,998                        1,998
  Accrued interest....................................................           301        --                301
  Due to affiliates...................................................         2,971      (2,971)(d)       --
  Deferred revenue....................................................           318        --                318
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities.........................................         6,501      (2,971)           3,530
Long-term debt........................................................        67,816                       67,816
Residential security deposits.........................................         1,573        --              1,573
Deferred interest payable.............................................           176        --                176
Other liabilities.....................................................           602                          602
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total liabilities.................................................        76,668      (2,971)          73,697
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
Minority interest.....................................................         2,292      (1,463)(f)          829
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
Commitments and contingencies.........................................       --             --             --
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit).................................       (11,107)     11,107(c)        --
Common stock..........................................................       --               78(a)            78
Paid in capital.......................................................       --           16,136(b)        16,136
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
  Total partners' and shareholders' equity (deficit)..................       (11,107)     27,321           16,214
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
    Total liabilities and partners' and shareholders' equity
     (deficit)........................................................   $    67,853   $  22,887       $   90,740
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                                        -------------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            TOWN GATE    TOWN GATE                PRO FORMA
                                            PREDECESSOR       MANOR        EAST      SUBTOTAL    ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
  Assisted living revenues..............  $   14,275        $   1,407    $   2,146   $  17,828  $    --        $    17,828
  Management fees.......................         443           --           --             443       --                443
  Other -- affiliate....................          45           --           --              45         (45)(a)        --
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
    Total revenues......................      14,763            1,407        2,146      18,316         (45)         18,271
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Assisted living operating expenses....       8,314              854        1,258      10,426         487(b)       10,913
  Management fees.......................        --                  8           11          19         (19)(c)        --
  General and administrative............       1,658               73           96       1,827       1,269(d)        3,096
  Depreciation..........................       1,234               75          136       1,445          (5)(e)       1,440
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
    Total operating expenses............      11,206            1,010        1,501      13,717       1,732          15,449
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
  Operating income (loss)...............       3,557              397          645       4,599      (1,777)          2,822
  Interest income.......................          44           --                4          48       --                 48
  Interest expense......................      (3,732)            (127)        (191)     (4,050)       (778)(f)      (4,828)
  Interest expense -- affiliates........        (204)          --           --            (204)        204(g)         --
  Other income (expense), net...........         (34)               8           (4)        (30)      --                (30)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
    Income (loss) before minority
     interest...........................        (369)             278          454         363      (2,351)         (1,988)
  Minority interest in net loss of
   combined partnership.................          16           --           --              16         344(i)          360
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
  Net income (loss).....................  $     (353)       $     278    $     454   $     379  $   (2,007)    $    (1,628)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA
  Pro forma benefit for income taxes....        --             --           --          --             651(h)          651
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
  Pro forma net income (loss)...........  $     (353)       $     278    $     454   $     379  $   (1,301)    $      (977)
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
                                          ---------------  -----------  -----------  ---------  -------------  ----------------
  Pro forma net loss per common share...  $     (.07)                                                          $      (.19)
                                          ---------------                                                      ----------------
                                          ---------------                                                      ----------------
  Pro forma weighted average number of
   common shares outstanding............       4,775(j)                                                260(k)        5,035(k)
                                          ---------------                                       -------------  ----------------
                                          ---------------                                       -------------  ----------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
         UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    MARCH 31, 1996
                                                             ----------------------------
                                                               TOWN GATE      TOWN GATE                 PRO FORMA
                                              PREDECESSOR        MANOR          EAST       SUBTOTAL    ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                             --------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>
REVENUES:
  Assisted living revenues.................   $   9,529        $     357      $     554    $  10,440  $       --     $     10,440
  Management fees..........................         432           --             --              432       --                 432
  Other -- affiliates......................          23           --             --               23         (23)(a)       --
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
    Total revenues.........................       9,984              357            554       10,895         (23)          10,872
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
Operating expenses:
  Assisted living operating expenses.......       6,252              264            310        6,826         244(b)         7,070
  Management fees..........................        --                  2              3            5          (5)(c)       --
  General and administrative...............       1,275                9             20        1,304         528(d)         1,832
  Depreciation.............................         912               20             35          967          (3)(e)          964
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
    Total operating expenses...............       8,439              295            368        9,102         764            9,866
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
  Operating income (loss)..................       1,545               62            186        1,793        (787)           1,006
  Equity in income from joint ventures.....          28           --             --               28       --                  28
  Interest income..........................         104           --                  1          105       --                 105
  Interest expense.........................      (2,844)             (20)           (30)      (2,894)       (224)(f)       (3,118)
  Interest expense -- affiliates...........        (121)          --             --             (121)        121(g)        --
  Other income (expense), net..............          (8)          --             --               (8)      --                  (8)
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
    Income (loss) before minority
     interest..............................      (1,296)              42            157       (1,097)       (890)          (1,987)
  Minority interest in net loss of combined
   partnerships............................         371           --             --              371        (100) (i)          271
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
  Net income (loss)........................   $    (925)       $      42      $     157    $    (726) $     (990)    $     (1,716)
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA DATA:
  Pro forma benefit for income taxes.......        --             --             --           --             686(h)           686
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
  Pro forma net income (loss)..............   $    (925)       $      42      $     157    $    (726) $     (304)    $     (1,030)
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
                                                -------            -----          -----    ---------  -------------  ---------------
  Pro forma net loss per common share......   $    (.19)                                                             $       (.20)
                                                -------                                                              ---------------
                                                -------                                                              ---------------
  Pro forma weighted average number of
   common shares outstanding...............       4,775(j)                                                   260(k)         5,035(k)
                                                -------                                               -------------  ---------------
                                                -------                                               -------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
   
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    
 
(a) COMMON STOCK:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
    Issuance of 3,550,000, shares of common stock $.01 par value pursuant to the
     initial public offering......................................................         36
    Issuance of 4,150,000, shares of common stock $.01 par value to the Kaplans in
     consideration for their contribution of facilities and interests therein.....         41
    Issuance of 50,000 shares of common stock $.01 par value pursuant to the
     agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
     Northport....................................................................          1
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    $      78
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
(b) PAID IN CAPITAL:
    Issuance of 3,550,000, shares of common stock $.01 par value pursuant to the
     initial public offering......................................................  $  35,464
    Issuance of 4,150,000, shares of common stock $.01 par value to the Kaplans in
     consideration for their contribution of facilities, and interests therein....        (41)
    Issuance of 50,000 shares of common stock $.01 par value pursuant to the
     agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
     Northport....................................................................        499
    Carry over of historical cost basis of the net assets of the facilities of the
     Predecessor..................................................................    (11,107)
    Estimated costs of the offering ($2,915) and underwriters discount ($2,485)...     (5,400)
    Assumption by the Kaplans of amounts due to affiliates of the Predecessor that
     will not be obligations of the Company.......................................      2,971
    Distributions payable to the Kaplans to be paid from the proceeds of the
     Offering which will be used primarily to satisfy (i) the tax liabilities of
     the Kaplans expected to be incurred pertaining to the transfer of the
     Predecessor interests in the facilities to the Company ($6,000) and (ii) real
     estate transfer taxes arising out of the transaction estimated to be
     approximately ($250).........................................................     (6,250)
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    $  16,136
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
         NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(c) PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Elimination of historical partners' and shareholders' (deficit) of the
 facilities of the Predecessor................................................  $  11,107
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
 
(d) DUE TO AFFILIATES:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Assumption by the Kaplans of amounts due to affiliates of the Predecessor that
 will not be obligations of the Company.......................................  $  (2,971)
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
 
(e) CASH:
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Gross proceeds from offering..................................................  $  35,500
Less: estimated cost of the offering ($2,915) and Underwriters Discount
 ($2,485).....................................................................     (5,400)
Distributions payable to the Kaplans to be paid from the proceeds of the
 Offering which will be used primarily to satisfy (i) the tax liabilities of
 the Kaplans expected to be incurred pertaining to the transfer of the
 Predecessor interests in the facilities to the Company ($6,000) and (ii) real
 estate transfer taxes arising out of the transaction estimated to be
 approximately ($250).........................................................     (6,250)
Payment to be made under the terms of the agreement to purchase the remaining
 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East Northport ($2,600) from proceeds of
 the Offering, net of purchase price payable in common stock ($500)...........     (2,100)
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                $  21,750
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
(f)  MINORITY INTEREST:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Elimination of the historical minority interest in Senior Quarters at East
 Northport due to the acquisition agreement entered into by the Company to
 purchase the remaining 50% interest..........................................  $  (1,463)
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
 
(g) INTANGIBLES:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
To record the excess of the purchase price pursuant to the acquisition
 agreement price of the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
 Northport ($2,600) over the historical minority interest in the facility
 ($1,463) (goodwill) to be amortized over fifteen years.......................  $   1,137
                                                                                ---------
                                                                                ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(a) Other -- affiliates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Elimination of revenue from affiliates for services performed by the
 Predecessor which will not be continued by the Company........................  $     (45)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
(b) Assisted living operating expenses:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Reduction in historical owners'/administrators' salary and consulting fees of
 Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East ($133) offset by compensation to be
 incurred under new employment contracts ($120)................................  $     (13)
Operating fees to be incurred by the Company under new operating agreements
 (3.5%, of respective revenues, net), (Senior Quarters at Huntington Station,
 Senior Quarters at Centereach I, Senior Quarters at Centereach II, Senior
 Quarters at Chesnut Ridge, Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East)................        500
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 $     487
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
(c) Management fee expense:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Elimination of historical management fees paid by Town Gate Manor and Town Gate
 East which will not be incurred by the Company................................  $     (19)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
(d) General and administrative:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Incremental increase in salaries and related benefits associated with new
 employment contracts entered into with the former owners/partners of the
 Predecessor who will become the senior officers of the Company....................  $     413
Estimated additional administrative and financial reporting expenses which would
 have been incurred by the Company had it been operating as a public company during
 the period:
  Salaries and wages....................................................  $     250
  Directors' and officer's insurance and fees...........................        100
  Legal and accounting..................................................        140
  Other.................................................................         50        540
                                                                          ---------
Amortization of goodwill ($2,903) associated with the acquisition of Town Gate
 Manor and Town Gate East on a straight line basis over fifteen years..............        194
Amortization of non-compete agreements ($322) associated with the acquisition of
 Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East on a straight line basis over seven years, the
 life of the agreements............................................................         46
Amortization of goodwill ($1,137) associated with the agreement to
 purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
 Northport on a straight line basis over fifteen years..................                    76
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     $   1,269
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
(e) Depreciation and amortization:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
Adjustment to historical depreciation of buildings and furniture and fixtures
 associated with Town Gate Manor and Town Gate East, based upon fair value of
 the acquired assets and increase in depreciable lives.........................  $      (5)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 (CONTINUED)
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(f)  Interest expense:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Interest expense associated with the acquisition of Town Gate Manor and Town
 Gate East ($10,375 of debt incurred at 4.25% above the 10 year Treasury rate,
 10.56% at date of acquisition) ($1,096), net of elimination of historical
 interest expense incurred on debt not assumed by the Predecessor nor the
 Company ($318).................................................................  $    (778)
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(g) Interest income -- affiliates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Elimination of interest expense on amounts due ($3,206) to affiliates not being
 assumed by the Company.........................................................  $     204
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(h) Benefit for income taxes:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
The Predecessor and the entities that operated Town Gate Manor and Town Gate
 East prior to acquisition were not taxable entities. This adjustment provides
 pro forma benefit for income taxes at a 40% effective rate. The pro forma
 effect of recognizing the deferred tax liability resulting from the change in
 tax status effective January 1, 1995 is $2,750.................................  $     651
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(i)  Minority interest:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
To record the 49.9% minority interest in the loss of Senior Quarters at Chestnut
 Ridge..........................................................................  $     360
Elimination of the historical minority interest in the loss of Senior Quarters
 at East Northport due to the acquisition agreement entered into by the Company
 to purchase the remaining 50% interest in the facility.........................        (16)
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  $     344
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                                       <C>
(j)        Pro forma net loss per share is based upon the pro forma weighted             4,775Shares
            average number of common shares issued in the exchange (4,150) plus the
            number of shares issued at the assumed offering price of $10 necessary
            to pay the $6,250 distribution to the Kaplans (625)....................
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
(k)        Pro forma net loss per share is based upon the pro forma weighted             5,035Shares
            average number of common shares in (j) above plus the $500 of actual
            shares of common stock to be issued in connection with the agreement to
            purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
            Northport at an assumed offering price of $10 per share (50) and the
            assumed number of shares of common stock to be issued in connection
            with the agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior
            Quarters at East Northport, at an assumed offering price of $10 per
            share, to satisfy the remainder of the purchase price of $2,100 in cash
            (210)..................................................................
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(a) Other -- affiliates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Elimination of revenue from affiliates for services performed by the Predecessor
 which will not be continued by the Company......................................  $     (23)
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
(b) Assisted living operating expenses:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Reduction in historical owners'/administrators' salary and consulting fees of
 Town Gate East Town Gate Manor ($34) offset by compensation to be incurred the
 period prior to its acquisition ($30)...........................................  $      (4)
Operating fees to be incurred by the Company under new operating agreements (3.5%
 of the respective revenues, net) (Senior Quarters at Huntington Station, Senior
 Quarters at Centereach I, Senior Quarters at Centereach II, Senior Quarters at
 Chestnut Ridge, Senior Quarters at East Northport Town Gate Manor and Town Gate
 East)...........................................................................  $     248
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   $     244
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
(c)  Elimination of historical management fees paid by Town Gate East and Town Gate
     Manor which will not be included by the Company.................................         (5)
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
(d) General and administrative:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>        <C>
Incremental increase in salaries and related benefits associated with new employment
 contracts entered into with the former owners/partners of the Predecessor, who will
 become the senior officers of the Company...........................................  $     161
Estimated additional administrative and financial reporting expenses which would have
 been incurred by the Company had it been operating as a public company during the
 period:
  Salaries and wages......................................................  $     125
  Directors' and officer's insurance and fees.............................         50
  Legal and accounting....................................................         70
  Other...................................................................         25        270
                                                                            ---------
Amortization of goodwill ($2,903) associated with the acquisition of Town Gate Manor
 and Town Gate East on a straight line basis over fifteen years for the period prior
 to its acquisition..................................................................         48
Amortization of non-compete agreements ($322) associated with the acquisition of Town
 Gate Manor and Town Gate East on a straight line basis over seven years, the life of
 the agreements for the period prior to its acquisition..............................         11
Amortization of goodwill ($1,137) associated with the acquisition
 agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at
 East Northport on a straight line basis over fifteen years...............                    38
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       $     528
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
(e) Depreciation and amortization:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                <C>
Depreciation of buildings and furniture and fixtures associated with Town Gate
 Manor and Town Gate East, based upon fair value of the acquired assets for the
 period prior to its acquisition.................................................  $      (3)
                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
               FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 (CONTINUED)
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
(f)  Interest expense:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Interest expense associated with the acquisition of Town Gate Manor and Town
 Gate East ($10,375 of debt incurred at 4.25% above the 10 year Treasury rate,
 10.56% at date of acquisition) for the period prior to its acquisition ($274),
 net of elimination of historical interest expense incurred on debt of these
 entities not assumed by the Predecessor nor the Company ($50)..................  $    (224)
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(g) Interest income -- affiliates:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
Elimination of interest expense on amounts due to affiliates ($2,971) not being
 assumed by the Company.........................................................  $     121
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(h) Benefit for income taxes:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
The Predecessor was not a taxable entity. This adjustment provides pro forma
 benefit for income taxes at a 40% effective rate...............................  $     686
                                                                                  ---------
                                                                                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
(i)  Minority interest:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>
To record the 49.9% minority interest on the net loss of Senior Quarters at
 Chestnut Ridge for the period prior to the sale of such interest in April
 1996..........................................................................  $     169
Elimination of the historical minority interest in the loss of Senior Quarters
 at East Northport due to the acquisition agreement entered into by the Company
 to purchase the remaining 50% interest in the facility........................       (269)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 $    (100)
                                                                                 ---------
                                                                                 ---------
</TABLE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                                                                       <C>
(j)        Pro forma net loss per share is based upon the pro forma weighted             4,775Shares
            average number of common shares issued in the exchange (4,150) plus the
            number of shares issued at the assumed offering price of $10 necessary
            to pay the $6,250 distribution to the Kaplans (625)....................
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
(k)        Pro forma net loss per share is based upon the pro forma weighted             5,035Shares
            average number of common shares in (j) above plus the $500 of actual
            shares of common stock to be issued in connection with the agreement to
            purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East
            Northport at an assumed offering price of $10 per share (50) and the
            assumed number of shares of common stock to be issued in connection
            with the agreement to purchase the remaining 50% interest in Senior
            Quarters at East Northport, at an assumed offering price of $10 per
            share, to satisfy the remainder of the purchase price of $2,100 in cash
            (210)..................................................................
                                                                                       -------
                                                                                       -------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Shareholders and Partners of
 The Kapson Group:
 
    We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of The Kapson Group
(the  Predecessor) as of  December 31, 1994  and 1995, and  the related combined
statements of operations, changes in  partners' and shareholders' (deficit)  and
cash  flows for each  of the years in  the three year  period ended December 31,
1995. These financial  statements are  the responsibility  of the  Predecessor's
management.  Our  responsibility is  to express  an  opinion on  these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in all material respects, the combined financial position of The Kapson Group as
of  December 31, 1994 and  1995, and the combined  results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31,
1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
NEW YORK, NEW YORK
JUNE 7, 1996
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                ------------------------------
                                                     1994            1995
                                                --------------  --------------   JUNE 30, 1996    PROFORMA JUNE
                                                                                ---------------     30, 1996
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)    ---------------
                                                                                                    (NOTE 2)
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>
Current assets
  Cash and cash equivalents...................  $    1,886,634  $    3,392,318  $     1,714,172  $     1,714,172
  Accounts receivable.........................          28,441          77,837           95,000           95,000
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...         219,895         270,317          348,365          348,365
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total current assets......................       2,134,970       3,740,472        2,157,537        2,157,537
Property and equipment, net...................      23,563,033      29,445,121       56,995,793       56,995,793
Facility development costs....................       5,627,426      16,374,566          186,558          186,558
Restricted cash...............................       1,503,834       2,592,185        2,383,680        2,383,680
Deferred financing costs, net.................       1,421,073       2,082,285        2,139,091        2,139,091
Intangibles...................................        --              --              3,175,662        3,175,662
Investment in joint ventures..................                                          502,938          502,938
Other assets..................................          44,019         172,163          311,654          311,654
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total assets..............................  $   34,294,355  $   54,406,792  $    67,852,913  $    67,852,913
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
 
                             LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
Current liabilities
  Current portion of long-term debt...........  $   15,000,000  $      245,867  $       913,047  $       913,047
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.......       1,257,548       3,219,472        1,997,775        1,997,775
  Accrued interest............................         261,873         363,198          300,842          300,842
  Due to affiliates...........................       3,149,802       3,300,450        2,971,114        2,971,114
  Deferred revenue............................         177,713         207,564          318,535          318,535
  Pro forma distribution to partners and
   shareholders...............................        --              --              --               6,250,000
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total current liabilities.................      19,846,936       7,336,551        6,501,313       12,751,313
Long-term debt................................      20,461,411      53,807,880       67,815,513       67,815,513
Resident security deposits....................       1,199,032       1,278,147        1,573,192        1,573,192
Deferred interest payable.....................          47,500         105,200          175,500          175,500
Construction retainage payable................        --               227,200          602,322          602,322
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total liabilities.........................      41,554,879      62,754,978       76,667,840       82,917,840
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
Minority interest.............................       1,479,116       1,463,271        2,292,575        2,292,575
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit).........      (8,739,640)     (9,811,457)     (11,107,502)     (17,357,502)
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
    Total liabilities and partners' and
     shareholders' (deficit)..................  $   34,294,355  $   54,406,792  $    67,852,913  $    67,852,913
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                --------------  --------------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     ENDED JUNE 30,
                                          ----------------------------------------------  -----------------------------
                                               1993            1994            1995           1995            1996
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Assisted living revenues..............  $   12,628,697  $   13,349,033  $   14,275,484  $   7,024,189  $    9,528,925
  Management fees.......................         247,750         347,839         442,825        209,061         432,135
  Other -- affiliates...................         111,701          57,530          45,065         22,533          22,500
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Total revenues......................      12,988,148      13,754,402      14,763,374      7,255,783       9,983,560
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Operating expenses:
  Assisted living operating expenses....       7,591,122       7,836,765       8,314,372      3,931,327       6,251,739
  General and administrative............         727,009       1,141,735       1,658,658        730,009       1,275,647
  Depreciation..........................       1,188,134       1,180,418       1,233,843        575,689         911,703
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
    Total operating expenses............       9,506,265      10,158,918      11,206,873      5,237,025       8,439,089
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Operating income........................       3,481,883       3,595,484       3,556,501      2,018,758       1,544,471
Equity in income from joint ventures....        --              --              --             --                27,938
Interest income.........................          12,555           8,693          44,234         21,328         104,061
Interest expense........................      (3,417,046)     (3,288,107)     (3,732,309)    (1,655,283)     (2,844,142)
Interest expense -- affiliates..........        (136,726)       (207,956)       (203,487)      (104,620)       (120,698)
Other income (expense), net.............          (9,610)         (1,070)        (34,065)         1,071          (7,822)
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
  Income (loss) before minority interest
   and extraordinary item...............         (68,944)        107,044        (369,126)       281,254      (1,296,192)
  Minority interest in net loss of
   combined partnerships................        --              --                15,845       --               370,696
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
  Income (loss) before extraordinary
   item.................................         (68,944)        107,044        (353,281)       281,254        (925,496)
  Extraordinary item -- forgiveness of
   debt.................................        --             4,398,672        --             --              --
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
  Net income (loss).....................  $      (68,944) $    4,505,716  $     (353,281) $     281,254  $     (925,496)
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Unaudited pro forma data (2):
  Net income (loss).....................  $      (68,944) $    4,505,716  $     (353,281) $     281,254  $     (925,496)
  Pro forma benefit (provision) for
   income taxes.........................          27,578      (1,802,286)        141,312       (112,502)        370,198
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Pro forma net income (loss).............  $      (41,366) $    2,703,430  $     (211,969) $     168,752  $     (555,298)
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Pro forma net income (loss) per share
 (2)....................................  $         (.01) $          .57  $         (.04) $         .04  $         (.12)
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
Pro forma weighted average number of
 common shares outstanding (2)..........       4,775,000       4,775,000       4,775,000      4,775,000       4,775,000
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
                                          --------------  --------------  --------------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
    COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' AND SHAREHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), December 31, 1992......................  $(11,704,039)
  Distributions...............................................................      (551,974)
  Net loss....................................................................       (68,944)
                                                                                ------------
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), December 31, 1993......................   (12,324,957)
  Distributions...............................................................      (920,399)
  Net income..................................................................     4,505,716
                                                                                ------------
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), December 31, 1994......................    (8,739,640)
  Distributions...............................................................      (718,536)
  Net income..................................................................      (353,281)
                                                                                ------------
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), December 31, 1995......................    (9,811,457)
  Distributions (unaudited)...................................................      (370,549)
  Net loss (unaudited)........................................................      (925,496)
                                                                                ------------
Partners' and shareholders' (deficit), June 30, 1996 (unaudited)..............  $(11,107,502)
                                                                                ------------
                                                                                ------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
                        COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              SIX MONTHS
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,              ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                   1993        1994          1995         1995         1996
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income (loss)...........................  $  (68,944) $ 4,505,716  $   (353,281) $   281,254  $  (925,496)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
   to net cash provided by (used in) operating
   activities:
    Depreciation..............................   1,188,134    1,180,418     1,233,843      575,689      911,703
    Amortization of deferred financing costs
     and intangibles..........................     104,581      216,867       226,456       73,444      218,131
    Extraordinary item........................      --       (4,398,672)      --                --      --
    Minority interest in income of
     partnership, net.........................      --          --            (15,845)          --     (370,696)
    Equity in income from investment in joint
     ventures.................................      --          --            --                --      (27,938)
    Changes in other assets and liabilities
     (Excluding the effect of acquired
     facilities):
      Accounts receivable.....................      16,695      (10,729)      (49,396)     (36,240)     (17,163)
      Prepaid expenses and other current
       assets.................................      33,312      (29,297)      (50,422)    (751,415)      17,453
      Restricted cash -- resident security
       deposits...............................      --         (249,637)      (19,336)     (29,426)     (20,161)
      Other assets............................      78,811      (23,620)     (128,144)     (61,965)     (55,495)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses...    (805,503)     230,555     1,961,924      320,526   (1,221,697)
      Accrued interest........................     811,787      155,937       101,325      102,734      (62,356)
      Resident security deposits..............     520,620      122,845        79,115      (81,903)     295,045
      Deferred interest payable...............      --           47,500        57,700       25,000       70,300
      Deferred revenue........................     (28,602)     (50,364)       29,851       95,072      110,971
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in)
         operating activities.................   1,850,891    1,697,519     3,073,790      512,770   (1,077,399)
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of facilities (net of cash
   assumed of $518,000) (Note 5)..............      --          --            --                --   (9,856,250)
  (Increase) decrease in restricted mortgage
   escrow funds...............................     (32,269)  (1,221,928)   (1,069,015)    (332,759)     228,666
  Investment in joint venture (Note 5)........      --          --            --                --     (475,000)
  Purchases and development of property and
   equipment..................................    (472,324)    (724,971)  (16,530,708)  (7,855,017)  (5,477,242)
  Sale of minority interests in combined
   partnerships (Note 5)......................      --        1,479,116       --           --         1,200,000
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash used in investing
         activities...........................    (504,593)    (467,783)  (17,599,723)  (8,187,776) (14,379,826)
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt....      --        1,907,136    17,565,212    8,004,886   15,120,073
  Principal payments on long-term debt........    (309,377)    (370,939)      (78,039)     (29,855)    (445,260)
  Deferred financing costs....................     (89,875)  (1,481,980)     (887,668)     (34,164)    (120,849)
  Due to affiliates...........................     (11,956)     204,920       150,648      (98,260)    (404,336)
  Distributions to partners and
   shareholders...............................    (551,974)    (920,399)     (718,536)    (384,381)    (370,549)
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash provided by (used in)
         financing activities.................    (963,182)    (661,262)   16,031,617    7,458,226   13,779,079
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
        Net increase (decrease) in cash and
         cash equivalents.....................     383,116      568,474     1,505,684     (216,780)  (1,678,146)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
 period.......................................     935,044    1,318,160     1,886,634    1,886,634    3,392,318
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period......  $1,318,160  $ 1,886,634  $  3,392,318  $ 1,669,854  $ 1,714,172
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
Cash, paid for interest.......................  $2,499,433  $ 3,036,255  $  3,400,592  $ 1,454,103  $ 2,647,067
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
                                                ----------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  OPERATIONS:
 
   
    The  Kapson  Group (the  Predecessor)  represents a  combination  of the
    businesses  of  Subchapter  S  corporations,  Partnerships  or   Limited
    Liability  Companies which own,  as of December  31, 1995, five assisted
    living facilities,  additional facilities  under development  (including
    joint  venture interests),  an entity that  provides facility management
    services  to   unrelated   entities   and  an   entity   that   provides
    administrative  support to  the Predecessor  entities and  Kapson Senior
    Quarters Corp. (the "Company") a non operating entity formed on June  7,
    1996 to acquire the interest in the Predecessor.
    
 
    The  Predecessor develops,  owns, operates, and  manages assisted living
    facilities for senior citizens. As  discussed in Note 8, the  businesses
    of  the Predecessor will be  acquired by the Company  at or prior to the
    consummation of  an  initial public  offering  (the "Offering")  by  the
    Company.
 
    The assisted living facilities owned and operated by the Predecessor are
    as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               FACILITY                                  ENTITY                          FORM             %
- ---------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------  ------------------  ---------
<S>                                      <C>                                      <C>                 <C>
WHOLLY AND MAJORITY OWNED
Senior Quarters at Stamford              Kapson Stamford Corp.                    Subchapter S              100
Senior Quarters at Huntington Station    Commco Management Associates, Inc.       Subchapter S              100
Senior Quarters at Centereach I          H.K. Associates                          General
                                                                                   Partnership              100
Senior Quarters at Centereach II         Kap Shore Development Corp.              Subchapter S              100
*Town Gate East                          Kapson Rochester East, LLC               Limited Liability
                                                                                   Company                  100
*Town Gate Manor                         Kapson Rochester Manor, LLC              Limited Liability
                                                                                   Company                  100
*Senior Quarters at Chestnut Ridge       Chestnut Ridge Development LLC           Limited Liability
                                                                                   Company                   50
+Senior Quarters at East Northport       Larkfield Garden Associates L.P.         Limited
                                                                                   Partnership               50
MINORITY OWNED JOINT VENTURES
(under development)
Senior Quarters at Jamesburg             Kapson Jamesburg Development Corp.       Limited Liability
                                                                                   Company                   10
Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle           Kapson Glen Riddle Development Corp.     Limited
                                                                                   Partnership               11
*Senior Quarters at Montville            Kapson Montville                         Limited Liability
                                          Development Corp.                        Company                23.75
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
*Ownership percentages were acquired or sold in April 1996 (See Note 5)
 
+See Note 14
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The  accompanying  combined  financial  statements  include  the assets,
    liabilities and operations associated with the wholly and majority owned
    entities  listed  above.  Since   the  facilities  have  ownership   and
    management interests in common, the assets and liabilities are reflected
    at  historical cost.  Investments in  minority owned  joint ventures are
    accounted  for  on  the  equity  method.  All  significant  intercompany
    accounts  and transactions have been eliminated in combination. Minority
    interest  represents  the  net  equity  attributable  to  non-affiliated
    investors that is not owned by the Predecessor.
 
    ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation of  financial statements  in conformity  with generally
    accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
    assumptions that affect the reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities
    and  disclosure of contingent assets and  liabilities at the date of the
    financial statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and  expenses
    during  the  reporting period.  Actual results  could differ  from those
    estimates.
 
    REVENUES
 
    Assisted living revenues  are recorded  when services  are rendered  and
    consist  of resident fees  for basic housing,  support services and fees
    associated with  additional services  such  as personalized  health  and
    support  services. Additionally,  the Predecessor  performs services for
    other assisted living facilities and real estate investments. Such  fees
    are recorded when the respective services are rendered.
 
    CLASSIFICATION OF EXPENSES
 
    All  expenses incurred by the Predecessor (except interest, depreciation
    and general and administrative costs) are classified as assisted  living
    operating  expenses.  All expenses  (except interest,  depreciation, and
    assisted living operating expenses) associated with corporate or support
    functions are classified as general and administrative expense.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and  equipment  are  stated at  cost  with  depreciation  being
    provided over the assets' estimated useful lives using the straight-line
    method as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Buildings and improvements......................................         35      years
<S>                                                               <C>        <C>
Furniture and equipment.........................................       7-10      years
</TABLE>
 
    Interest  incurred during construction periods is capitalized as part of
    the building costs.  Maintenance and repairs  are expensed as  incurred;
    renewals and improvements are capitalized. Upon disposal of property and
    equipment  subject to  depreciation, the  related costs  and accumulated
    depreciation are removed and resulting gains and losses are reflected in
    operations.
 
    If there is an  event or a change  in circumstances that indicates  that
    the basis of the Predecessor's long-lived assets may not be recoverable,
    the  Predecessor's policy is to assess any impairment in value by making
    a comparison of the  current and projected operating  cash flows of  the
    asset  over its remaining useful life,  on an undiscounted basis, to the
    carrying amount of the asset.  Such carrying amounts would be  adjusted,
    if necessary, to reflect an impairment in the value of the assets.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    FACILITY DEVELOPMENT COSTS
 
    Facility  development costs include direct  costs related to development
    and construction  of facilities.  When  a project  is completed,  it  is
    transferred  to property and  equipment. If a  project is abandoned, any
    costs previously capitalized would be expensed.
 
    DEFERRED FINANCING COSTS
 
    Deferred financing costs are amortized to interest expense over the term
    of the related debt using the interest method. Accumulated  amortization
    was  $403,400, $74,400  and $263,500 at  December 31, 1994  and 1995 and
    June 30, 1996, respectively.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The businesses comprising the  Predecessor have elected  to be taxed  as
    either  S  Corporations,  Partnerships  or  Limited  Liability Companies
    pursuant to the provisions  of the Internal Revenue  Code and, as  such,
    are  not subject to federal or  state income taxes because their taxable
    income or loss accrues to  individual shareholders, partners or  members
    respectively.
 
    RESTRICTED CASH
 
    Included  in restricted cash are  certain resident security deposits and
    escrowed funds in  connection with mortgage  notes that the  Predecessor
    cannot use in operating activities.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The  Predecessor  considers  all  investments  purchased  with  original
    maturities of  three  months  or  less  at  acquisition  to  be  a  cash
    equivalent.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Intangible assets consists of goodwill ($2,883,000 net at June 30, 1996)
    which  is  the excess  of  the purchase  price  over the  net  assets of
    acquired facilities which is being amortized on the straight-line method
    over 15 years, and a covenant not  to compete ($293,000 net at June  30,
    1996) which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 7 years.
 
    If  there is an event or change in circumstances that indicates that the
    basis  of   the  Predecessor's   long-lived  intangibles   may  not   be
    recoverable,  the Predecessor's  policy is  to assess  any impairment in
    value by  making a  comparison of  the current  and projected  operating
    costs  flows of the  facility for which the  intangible relates over its
    remaining useful life, on an undiscounted basis, to the carrying  amount
    of   the  intangible.  Such  carrying  amounts  would  be  adjusted,  if
    necessary, to reflect an impairment in value of the intangible.
 
    PRE-OPENING COSTS
 
    Costs incurred in connection with  preparing facility units for  initial
    rental are expensed as incurred.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
    The  interim financial data as  of June 30, 1996  and for the six months
    ended June 30, 1995 and 1996  are unaudited; however, in the opinion  of
    management, such interim data includes all
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    adjustments,  consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary
    for a  fair presentation  of  the combined  financial position  and  the
    combined results of operations and cash flows for the periods.
 
    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    The  Predecessor is not  aware of any  current accounting pronouncements
    that require future  adoption that will  materially affect the  combined
    financial   condition  or   combined  results   of  operations   of  the
    Predecessor.
 
    PRO FORMA PRESENTATION (UNAUDITED)
 
    Certain entities that comprise the Predecessor intend on declaring, upon
    successful  completion   of  the   Offering   by  the   Company,   final
    distributions  to  their  respective shareholders  and  partners  in the
    aggregate of  $6,250,000. These  distributions  will be  funded  through
    proceeds  of the Offering and will be  used primarily to satisfy (i) the
    tax liabilities of the Kaplans expected to be incurred pertaining to the
    transfer of the Predecessor interests  in the facilities to the  Company
    ($6,000,000)  and (ii)  real estate  transfer taxes  arising out  of the
    transaction expected to be approximately $(250,000).
 
   
    The pro forma net income (loss) per share for all periods presented were
    determined based upon the number of shares of common stock assumed to be
    issued by  the  Company in  the  initial  public offering  to  fund  the
    $6,250,000  distribution based on  an assumed offering  price of $10 per
    share (625,000) plus,  the issuance  of the 4,150,000  shares of  common
    stock to the Kaplans in the exchange.
    
 
    The  pro forma benefit (provision) for  income taxes for the Predecessor
    is based on the historical combined financial data of the Predecessor as
    if the  entities  comprising the  Predecessor  had operated  as  taxable
    corporations  for all periods presented and is recorded at the statutory
    rate in effect during the period (40%).
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
    Property and equipment are stated at cost and consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                              ------------------------------
                                                   1994            1995
                                              --------------  --------------     JUNE 30
                                                                              --------------
                                                                                   1996
                                                                              --------------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
Land........................................  $    1,419,119  $    1,959,514  $    2,450,644
Buildings and improvements..................      23,756,891      29,728,334      56,432,449
Furniture and equipment.....................       5,927,952       6,396,074       7,628,983
                                              --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                  31,103,962      38,083,922      66,512,076
Less, accumulated depreciation..............       7,540,929       8,638,801       9,516,283
                                              --------------  --------------  --------------
Property and equipment, net.................  $   23,563,033  $   29,445,121  $   56,995,793
                                              --------------  --------------  --------------
                                              --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
    The Predecessor's land and buildings and certain furniture and equipment
    serve as collateral for long-term debt.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT: (CONTINUED)
    Interest costs  capitalized  during development  approximated  $634,000,
    $--,  $--, $263,000, and  $1,105,000, for the six  months ended June 30,
    1995 and 1996  and the  years ended December  31, 1993,  1994 and  1995,
    respectively.
 
4.  INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES:
 
    At  December 31,  1995, the Predecessor  had an  11% general partnership
    interest in a limited partnership (Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle) and a
    10%  interest  in  a  limited  liability  company  (Senior  Quarters  at
    Jamesburg).  The Predecessor did not  have operational control of either
    facility. The joint venture  agreements provide the Predecessor's  joint
    venture  partners with preference distributions on their initial capital
    contributions  and  provisions  for  a  return  of  capital  before  any
    distribution  can be  made to the  Predecessor. Senior  Quarters at Glen
    Riddle and Senior Quarters at Jamesburg, which will commence  operations
    during  1996,  are  currently  under  development.  Summarized financial
    information for these joint ventures is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                                --------------
<S>                                                                             <C>
Assets
  Land........................................................................  $    1,511,423
  Construction in progress....................................................       6,340,604
  Restricted investments......................................................      20,884,931
  Other assets................................................................       1,344,308
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                $   30,081,266
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
Liabilities and partners' capital:
  Bonds payable...............................................................  $   25,585,142
  Other liabilities...........................................................       1,267,067
  Partners'/members' capital..................................................       3,229,057
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                $   30,081,266
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                --------------
</TABLE>
 
    Effective April 1, 1996 the Predecessor purchased for $475,000 a  23.75%
    interest  in a limited partnership  (Senior Quarters at Montville) (Note
    5)
 
5.  ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS (UNAUDITED)
 
    ACQUISITIONS:
 
    On  April  1,  1996  the  Predecessor  purchased  two  assisted   living
    facilities  (Town  Gate  Manor  and Town  Gate  East)  for approximately
    $10,375,020 which  it  fully funded  through  mortgage notes  under  the
    Credit  Facility (Notes 6 and 7). The Predecessor has accounted for this
    acquisition under the  purchase method.  Under the  purchase method  the
    purchase  price  is allocated  to  the assets  acquired  and liabilities
    assumed based  upon  their  relative  fair  value  with  the  excess  of
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
5.  ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS (UNAUDITED) (CONTINUED)
    the  purchase  price over  the  fair value  of  the net  assets acquired
    recorded as goodwill. The preliminary allocation of the purchase  price,
    which  in management's opinion is not expected to materially differ from
    the final fair value  valuation adjustments of  the net assets  acquired
    is:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Cash..........................................................  $   518,000
Property and equipment........................................    6,422,000
Goodwill......................................................    2,903,000
Covenant not to compete.......................................      323,000
Other assets..................................................      290,000
Other liabilities.............................................      (81,000)
                                                                -----------
Purchase price................................................  $10,375,000
                                                                -----------
                                                                -----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Predecessor  also purchased  subsequent  to December  31,  1995 for
    $475,000 in cash, a 23.75% interest in an assisted living facility joint
    venture. The  Predecessor is  accounting for  this investment  in  joint
    venture under the equity method of accounting. (See Note 14)
 
    DISPOSITIONS:
 
    Subsequent  to year  end, the Predecessor  sold a 49.9%  interest in its
    Senior Quarters at  Chestnut Ridge  facility to an  unrelated party  for
    $1,200,000.  Since the  Predecessor has  retained operational  and 50.1%
    voting control of  the facility  the results  of the  operations of  the
    facility  are combined in the accompanying financial statements with the
    49.9% investment reflected as a component of minority interest.
 
    PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION:
 
    The Predecessor acquired and disposed of interests in facilities  during
    the  six months ended June 30, 1996. The pro forma financial information
    set forth  below is  based upon  the Predecessor's  historical  Combined
    Statements  of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 1996 and the
    year  ended  December  31,  1995,  adjusted  to  give  effect  to  these
    transactions as of January 1, 1995.
 
    The  pro  forma  financial information  is  presented  for informational
    purposes only  and may  not  be indicative  of  what actual  results  of
    operations  would have been had the  acquisitions occurred on January 1,
    1995, nor does  it purport to  represent the results  of operations  for
    future periods.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       SIX MONTHS        YEAR ENDED
                                                                         ENDED        DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                     JUNE 30, 1996   -------------------
                                                                     --------------      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>
Total revenue......................................................    $   10,895        $    18,316
Net loss...........................................................           835                242
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ------------------------------
                                                            1994            1995
                                                       --------------  --------------     JUNE 30
                                                                                       --------------
                                                                                            1996
                                                                                       --------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution
 bearing interest at 7.605% per annum due in monthly
 principal and interest installments of $119,333
 through December 1, 2005 when unpaid balance of
 $12,954,978 is due. (B).............................  $     --        $   16,000,000  $   15,872,053
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution
 bearing interest at 4% above the financial
 institution's lending rate (9.40% at June 30, 1996).
 Note matures on February 28, 1999. (A)(B)(C)(E).....       6,907,290       6,931,282       6,850,850
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution
 bearing interest at 4% above the financial
 institution's lending rate (9.40% at June 30, 1996).
 Note matures on February 28, 1999. (A)(B)(C)(E).....       8,774,147       8,759,298       8,657,653
Mortgage note payable to an institution with interest
 only payments through December 1996 at 4.25% above
 U.S. Treasury Notes (10.7%) beginning January 1997
 monthly payments of principal and interest are due.
 The note matures December 2006. (B)(D)(See Note
 7)..................................................        --             8,000,000       8,000,000
Construction note payable to a financial institution,
 maturing June 1, 2036 and providing up to
 $20,599,900 in funding, bearing interest at 9.325%
 per annum, interest accrued through June 1, 1996 and
 thereafter monthly payments of principal and
 interest of $164,072 through maturity. (F)..........  $    4,779,974  $   14,363,167  $   18,973,004
Mortgage note payable bearing interest at prime plus
 2% (10.5% at December 31, 1994). The note provided
 for monthly interest only payments and matured in
 1995. The Company refinanced this mortgage with a
 $16,000,000 facility in 1995........................      15,000,000        --              --
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT: (CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                       ------------------------------
                                                            1994            1995
                                                       --------------  --------------
                                                                                          JUNE 30
                                                                                       --------------
                                                                                            1996
                                                                                       --------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution with
 interest only payments through March 1997 at 4.25%
 above U.S. Treasury Notes (10.56%). Beginning April
 1997 monthly payments of principal and interest are
 due. The note matures April 2006 (B)(F)(G) (Note
 7)..................................................        --              --             6,484,375
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Mortgage note payable to a financial institution with
 interest only payments through March 1997 at 4.25%
 above U.S. Treasury Notes (10.56%). Beginning April
 1997 monthly payments of principal and interest are
 due. The note matures April 2006 (B)(F)(G) (Note
 7)..................................................        --              --             3,890,625
                                                       --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                           35,461,411      54,053,747      68,728,560
Less, current portion................................      15,000,000         245,867         913,047
                                                       --------------  --------------  --------------
Long-term portion....................................  $   20,461,411  $   53,807,880  $   67,815,513
                                                       --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                       --------------  --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
    (A)  Effective  February 1996,  the Predecessor  will make  monthly payments
       equal to the outstanding mortgage principal balance multiplied by  12.0%.
       The  difference between this payment and  the interest expense is applied
       as a reduction of principal.
 
    (B) The  mortgage notes  are  collaterized by  the facilities  property  and
       equipment.
 
    (C)  The mortgage  notes include an  equity participation  provision for the
       lender. The Predecessor is obligated to pay the lender at either (i)  the
       maturity  of the loan; (ii) refinancing of the loan; or (iii) sale of the
       facility, the greater of $480,000 or 25% of the appraised market value of
       the facility in excess  of $17,500,000. The  Predecessor has treated  the
       $480,000  as  deferred  interest and  has  reflected this  amount  in the
       accompanying financial statements  under the  effective interest  method.
       The  difference between the  effective interest rate and  the pay rate is
       reflected as deferred  interest payable. The  effective interest rate  on
       this  note was 10.1%, 9.9% and 10.4%  at June 30, 1996, December 31, 1994
       and 1995, respectively.
 
    (D) Monthly  principal  and interest  payments  are  based upon  a  25  year
       amortization  period. At maturity, the Predecessor has an option to renew
       the note for  ten years  at a  rate of  6.25% above  U.S. Treasury  Notes
       increased  annually by  30 basis  points. Monthly  principal and interest
       payments will be based upon a 16-year amortization period. The note  also
       includes  an  equity participation  for  the lender.  The  Predecessor is
       obligated to  pay the  lender  at the  expiration  of the  initial  term,
       prepayment  or  upon  default, the  greater  of  $800,000 or  50%  of the
       difference between the fair market value of the facility and  $8,000,000.
       The  Predecessor has  treated the $800,000  as deferred  interest and has
       reflected this amount in the accompanying financial
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
6.  LONG-TERM DEBT: (CONTINUED)
       statements under the  effective interest method.  The difference  between
       the  effective interest  rate and the  pay rate is  reflected as deferred
       interest payable. The effective interest rate  on this note was 11.6%  at
       June 30, 1996 and December 31, 1995.
 
    (E)  These  notes  are partially  or  totally guaranteed  by  the respective
       partners and shareholders of the Predecessor.
 
    (F) Various prepayment penalties exist.
 
    (G) Monthly  principal  and interest  payments  are  based upon  a  25  year
       amortization  period. At maturity, the Predecessor has an option to renew
       the note for  ten years  at a  rate of  6.25% above  U.S. Treasury  Notes
       increased  annually by  30 basis  points. Monthly  principal and interest
       payments will be based upon a 16 year-amortization period. The note  also
       includes  an  equity participation  for  the lender.  The  Predecessor is
       obligated to  pay the  lender  at the  expiration  of the  initial  term,
       prepayment,  default or  termination of the  note, 50%  of the difference
       between the fair market value of the facility and $10,375,000 if the fair
       market value of the property exceeds  the loan amount by more than  125%,
       otherwise  the Predecessor will pay  10% of the fair  market value of the
       facility subject  to a  cap of  50% of  the difference  between the  fair
       market value of the facility and the loan amount.
 
    Principal  payments on  long-term debt  as of  December 31,  1995 are as
    follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       YEARS ENDED
                       DECEMBER 31,
- ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>
 1996.....................................................  $      245,867
  1997....................................................         360,889
  1998....................................................         391,506
  1999....................................................      16,116,514
  2000....................................................         463,458
  Thereafter..............................................      36,475,513
                                                            --------------
      Total...............................................  $   54,053,747
                                                            --------------
                                                            --------------
</TABLE>
 
7.  CREDIT FACILITY
 
    The Predecessor has available a $40 million recourse line of credit (the
    "Credit Facility")  from  Health  Care REIT  Inc.  The  Credit  Facility
    provides both construction and permanent financing.
 
    Construction  financings,  which  can  also  be  used  for acquisitions,
    generally expire  in  twelve  months  or the  date  the  certificate  of
    occupancy  is received. Interest on construction financing is 3.5% above
    the base  rate announced  by National  City Bank  of Cleveland.  Monthly
    payments  of interest  only are  required. At  this expiration  date the
    construction  financing  is  automatically  converted  to  a   permanent
    financing.
 
    Permanent  financings  ("Mortgage Notes")  are for  initial terms  of 10
    years, with a  10 year  renewal at the  Predecessor's option.  Interest,
    which  is fixed on  the date of  the permanent financing,  is charged at
    4.25% above comparable U.S. Treasury Notes during the initial  financing
    term  and 6.25% above comparable U.S.  Treasury Notes during any renewal
    term. Monthly payments of interest only  are due during the first  year,
    after  which monthly payments of principal and interest are due based on
    a 25 year amortization period.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
7.  CREDIT FACILITY (CONTINUED)
    The Credit Facility is collateralized by the Predecessor's real  estate,
    equipment and accounts receivable. At June 30, 1996, the Predecessor has
    available under the $40 million Credit Facility $21,625,000.
 
    SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED)
 
    Subsequent  to June 30, 1996 and effective as of the date of the initial
    public offering of the  Company, the Company  will obtain an  additional
    $100 million recourse line of credit from Health Care REIT, Inc.
 
    In  addition,  subsequent  to  June 30,  1996,  the  Company  received a
    commitment for an additional draw  down of $12,810,000 under the  Credit
    Facility of which $3,744,458 has been drawn.
 
8.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
    MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The Predecessor has agreements with unaffiliated parties to manage their
    facilities.  These agreements, which range from  three to ten years with
    five year renewal  options, expire  at various dates  from 1997  through
    2006. The fees received under these agreements are generally 5% of gross
    rental  revenue of the  facility and incentive  fees related to facility
    operating results.
 
    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Predecessor is named as a defendant in various lawsuits which  arise
    in the normal course of business. Although the ultimate outcome of these
    proceedings  cannot  be  determined,  management  believes  that  in  no
    instance will  the  outcome  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
    Predecessor's financial position, result of operations or cash flows.
 
    OPERATING LEASES
 
    The  Predecessor is  obligated under  certain long  term non-cancellable
    operating leases for its corporate office and office equipment  expiring
    at  various dates through  2007. Future minimum  lease payments required
    under these leases as of December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         YEAR ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31,
- -------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>
    1996.....................................................  $   119,700
   1997......................................................      153,400
   1998......................................................      159,660
   1999......................................................      139,918
   2000......................................................      138,746
</TABLE>
 
    Rent expense was  approximately $64,000,  $75,000 and  $90,000 in  1993,
    1994  and 1995, respectively and $44,000  and $60,000 for the six months
    ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
    INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
 
    The  Company  intends  to  file  a  Registration  Statement  under   the
    Securities  Act of 1933  to effect the Offering.  The businesses' of the
    Predecessor will be  contributed to  the Company  concurrently with  the
    Offering  (see  Note  1).  In  addition  to  its  owned  facilities, the
    Predecessor will contribute  its management agreements  with respect  to
    unaffiliated facilities.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
9.  EXTRAORDINARY ITEM:
    During  1994,  the  Predecessor  negotiated  a  settlement  with various
    lenders to  satisfy  certain  outstanding  mortgage  notes  payable  and
    accrued  interest  payable  at a  $4,398,672  discount.  The Predecessor
    simultaneously refinanced  this  debt with  other  lenders at  the  then
    prevailing  market rates.  This amount  has been  reflected in  the 1994
    combined statement of operations as an extraordinary item.
 
10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    DUE TO AFFILIATES
 
    This represents advances  from uncombined affiliated  entities that  are
    not  presented as a component of  the Predecessor. These advances, which
    are due  on demand  and bear  interest at  rates ranging  from 6.53%  to
    6.92%,  were made to assist in the funding of certain of the Predecessor
    entities start-up operations.
 
    OTHER -- AFFILIATES
 
    The Predecessor  has arrangements  with affiliated  entities to  provide
    real  estate advisory services. The fees received by the Predecessor are
    based on a percentage of the affiliate's annual rental revenue.
 
11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    In August  1995,  the Predecessor  established  a 401(k)  plan  for  all
    employees  that meet minimum employment criteria. The plan provides that
    the Predecessor may, at its option, contribute  to the plan up to 6%  of
    an  employee's salary.  Employees are  always 100%  vested in  their own
    contributions and vested in Predecessor contributions over seven  years.
    The  Predecessor made no  contributions for the  year ended December 31,
    1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996.
 
12. CONCENTRATION OF RISK:
 
    BUSINESS AND CREDIT CONCENTRATION
 
    Concentration of credit  risk with  respect to  resident receivables  is
    limited  due to  the large number  of residents  comprising the resident
    roster and the policy of the Predecessor to obtain security deposits and
    personal guarantees from third parties in many instances.
 
    FINANCIAL RISK
 
    The  Predecessor  maintains   its  cash  primarily   at  two   financial
    institutions which management believes are of high credit quality.
 
    GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION
 
    The  Predecessor's  facilities are  located primarily  in New  York, New
    Jersey and Connecticut.  This concentration imposes  on the  Predecessor
    certain  risks, which  include local  economic conditions,  that are not
    within management's control.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                                THE KAPSON GROUP
                               (THE PREDECESSOR)
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
          (INFORMATION RELATED TO INTERIM DATA AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND
         FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
    Cash and cash equivalents, restricted  cash and variable rate and  fixed
    rate  mortgage notes payable  are reflected in  the accompanying balance
    sheet at amounts considered by management to reasonably approximate fair
    value. Management estimates the fair  value of its long-term fixed  rate
    notes  payable generally using discounted  cash flow analysis based upon
    the  Predecessor's  current  borrowing   rate  for  debt  with   similar
    maturities.
 
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENT:
 
    In  August 1996, the  Company entered into an  agreement to purchase for
    $2,600,000 the  remaining  50%  interest  in  Senior  Quarters  at  East
    Northport.  The $2,600,000 purchase price  will be satisfied through (i)
    the lesser  of 50,000  shares  of common  stock  at the  initial  public
    offering  price or $750,000 worth of common stock based upon the initial
    public offering price and (ii) the remainder of the purchase price  will
    be paid in cash.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
The Board of Directors of
 Kapson Senior Quarters Corp.
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying balance  sheet of  Kapson Senior Quarters
Corp. as of  June 10,  1996. This  balance sheet  is the  responsibility of  the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the balance
sheet based on our audit.
 
    We  conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the balance  sheet  is  free  of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures in  the  balance  sheet. An  audit  also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well  as evaluating the  overall balance  sheet presentation. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in  all
material  respects, the financial position of Kapson Senior Quarters Corp. as of
June 10, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                             COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
 
New York, New York
June 11, 1996
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                                 BALANCE SHEET
                              AS OF JUNE 10, 1996
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Cash.................................................................................  $     300
                                                                                       ---------
    Total Assets.....................................................................  $     300
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
 
                              LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 5)
Shareholders' Equity:
  Preferred Stock; $.01; par value 10,000,000 shares authorized, none issued or
   outstanding
  Common Stock; $.01; par value; 30,000,000 shares authorized, 300 shares issued and
   outstanding.......................................................................  $       3
  Additional Paid in Capital.........................................................        297
                                                                                       ---------
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity.......................................  $     300
                                                                                       ---------
                                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement.
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                             NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET
                                 JUNE 10, 1996
 
(1) FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
    Kapson  Senior  Quarters Corp.  (the "Company")  was incorporated  under the
    General Corporation Law  of Delaware  on June  7, 1996  by three  individual
    equal owners (the "Kaplans"). There have been no operations since formation.
    The  Company  was formed  in order  to consolidate  and expand  the assisted
    living facility business of  the Kapson Group  (the "Predecessor") of  which
    the  Kaplans are owners. In connection  with a proposed public offering (see
    Note 2), the Prececessor will contribute their interests in six wholly owned
    facilities (Senior  Quarters  at  Huntington  Station,  Senior  Quarters  at
    Centereach I, Senior Quarters at Centereach II, Senior Quarters at Stamford,
    Town   Gate  Manor  and  Town  Gate  East);  two  majority  controlled/owned
    facilities (Senior Quarters at  Chestnut Ridge and  Senior Quarters at  East
    Northport),  three  minority  owned facilities  (Change  Bridge  Inn, Senior
    Quarters at Jamesburg and Senior Quarters at Glen Riddle) (two of which  are
    under  development) and  management agreements  for four  facilities -- (The
    Regency at Glen Cove, Senior Quarters at Cranford, Castle Gardens and Senior
    Quarters at Lynbrook( (one of which is under development) owned by unrelated
    third parties for an aggregate  of approximately 4,150,000 shares of  common
    stock the Company, See Note 2 -- The Initial Public Offering.
 
(2) STOCKHOLDER EQUITY
 
    COMMON STOCK
 
    The  Company is authorized to issue 30,000,000 shares of common stock with a
    $.01 par value. On June  10, 1996, the Company  issued 300 shares of  common
    stock to the Kaplans for $1 per share.
 
    THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
 
    In connection with the Company's plan to expand the assisted living business
    of  the Predecessor,  the Company intends  to file  a Registration Statement
    under the Securities Act of 1933  to effect an initial public offering  (the
    "Offering").  The proceeds of the  Offering are intended to  be used for the
    development  and  acquisition  of  additional  assisted  living  facilities,
    working  capital and general corporate purposes as well as a distribution to
    the Kaplans of an aggregate of $6.25 million which will be used primarily to
    satisfy  (i)  tax  liabilities  of  the  Kaplans  expected  to  be  incurred
    pertaining to the transfer of the Predecessor interests in the facilities to
    the  Company ($6,000,000) and (ii) real estate transfer taxes arising out of
    the transaction estimated to be approximately $250,000.
 
    PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Company is  authorized to  issue 10,000,000 shares  of Preferred  Stock,
    $.01 par value, in one or more classes or series and to fix the designation,
    preferences,  rights, qualifications, limitations  and restrictions thereof,
    including the voting  rights, dividends rights,  dividend rates,  conversion
    rights,  terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and
    number  of  shares  constituting  any  series.  The  Company,  may   without
    shareholder  approval,  issue  preferred stock  with  voting  and conversion
    rights that could adversely  affect the voting power  of the holders of  the
    common stock and the market price of the common stock.
 
    STOCK OPTIONS
 
   
    The  Company adopted the 1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan") which may be
    awarded to key  employees. Under the  Plan, a maximum  of 600,000 shares  of
    common  stock may be issued pursuant to  the Plan. The Plan provides for the
    grant of any or all of the following types of awards to eligible  employees:
    (i) stock options, including incentive stock options and non-qualified stock
    options;  (ii) stock  appreciation rights, in  tandem with  stock options or
    freestanding; (iii)  restricted  stock;  and  (iv)  performance  shares.  In
    addition, the Plan provides for the non-discretionary award of stock options
    to  non-employee  directors of  the  Company as  a  portion of  their annual
    retainer fee. Awards may be granted singly, in combination, or in tandem, as
    determined by the Stock Option
    
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                       NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
                                 JUNE 10, 1996
 
(2) STOCKHOLDER EQUITY (CONTINUED)
   
    Committee. The maximum  number of shares  of common stock  subject to  stock
    options,  performance shares, restricted stock  or stock appreciation rights
    that may be  granted to any  individual under  the Plan is  50,000 for  each
    fiscal  year of the Company during the  term of the Plan. The exercise price
    may not be less than the fair market  value of the common stock at the  time
    of  grant.  In  contemplation  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  has granted
    effective as of the date the Offering is priced, 117,500 options to purchase
    shares of common stock to key employees and Directors at the Offering price.
    
 
(3) CREDIT FACILITY
    The Predecessor has  available a $40  million recourse line  of credit  (the
    "Credit  Facility") from Health Care REIT Inc.  that it intends to assign to
    the Company in connection  with the Offering.  The Credit Facility  provides
    both  construction and  permanent financing.  At June  30, 1996, $21,625,000
    (unaudited) was available under the $40 million credit facility.
 
    Construction financings (which can also be used for acquisitions)  generally
    expire  in  twelve  months  or  the date  the  certificate  of  occupancy is
    received. Interest on  construction financing  is 3.5% above  the base  rate
    announced  by National City Bank of  Cleveland. Monthly payments of interest
    only are required.  At this  expiration date the  construction financing  is
    automatically converted to a permanent financing.
 
    Permanent  financings ("Mortgage Notes") are for  initial terms of 10 years,
    with a 10 year renewal at the Predecessor's option. Interest, which is fixed
    on the date  of permanent financing,  is charged at  4.25% above  comparable
    U.S.  Treasury  Notes  during the  initial  financing term  and  6.25% above
    comparable U.S. Treasury Notes during any renewal term. Monthly payments  of
    interest only are due during the first year, after which monthly payments of
    principal and interest are due based on a 25 year amortization period.
 
    The  Credit  Facility is  collateralized by  the Predecessor's  real estate,
    equipment and accounts receivable.
 
    The Company intends to use the Credit Facility to finance the acquisition of
    developed  and   undeveloped  properties,   construction,  development   and
    renovation costs and for working capital purposes.
 
    SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED):
 
    Subsequent  to June  30, 1996 and  effective as  of the date  of the initial
    public offering of the Company, the  Company will obtain an additional  $100
    million  recourse line  of credit from  Health Care REIT,  Inc. In addition,
    subsequent to  June  30, 1996  the  Company  received a  commitment  for  an
    additional draw down of $12,810,000 (unaudited) under the Credit Facility of
    which $3,744,458 (unaudited) has been drawn.
 
(4) OFFERING COSTS
    In  connection with the  Offering, affiliates will  incur legal, accounting,
    and related costs which will be reimbursed by the Company upon completion of
    the Offering. These costs  will be deducted from  the gross proceeds of  the
    Offering and reflected as an adjustment to additional paid in capital.
 
(5) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The  Company  will  enter  into  employment  agreements  with  Glenn Kaplan,
    Chairman of  the  Board and  Chief  Executive Officer,  Wayne  Kaplan,  Vice
    Chairman  of  the Board,  Senior  Executive Vice  President,  Secretary, and
    General Counsel,  and  Evan  Kaplan,  President,  Chief  Operating  Officer,
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                          KAPSON SENIOR QUARTERS CORP.
                       NOTES TO BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)
                                 JUNE 10, 1996
 
(5) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    and director, each of whom will receive annual cash compensation and a bonus
    pursuant  to substantially identical five year employment contracts with the
    Company. These agreements  will be  effective upon the  consummation of  the
    Offering,  and are renewable from  year to year after  the initial five year
    period. Each contract provides for a salary of $213,000, increased  annually
    by  a  percentage equal  to  the Consumer  Price  Index. Each  contract also
    provides for a discretionary bonus to  be set by the Company's  Compensation
    Committee,  based  on  the  earnings  of  the  Company  and  other  criteria
    determined by the Compensation  Committee. If the  executive covered by  the
    contract  is terminated by the Company without cause, the executive shall be
    paid the salary provided for in the  contract for the remainder of the  term
    of  the contract but in  no event less than  one year's salary. In addition,
    the contract provides for a payment equal to two year's base salary upon the
    occurrence of certain events relating to a change of control of the  Company
    and  subsequent  termination. Each  executive officer  has agreed  to devote
    substantially all of his  time to the  Company and not  to compete with  the
    Company while employed thereby and for a period of one year from the date of
    termination unless such executive officer is terminated without cause.
 
    OPERATING AGREEMENTS
 
    The  Kaplans, due to New York State law, are required to individually be the
    licensed operators  of  all  of the  Company's  assisted  living  facilities
    located  in New York. the Company has entered into operating agreements with
    the Kaplans, relating to the facilities, for a term of 25 years at a net fee
    of 3.5% of the respective facilities' revenues.
 
(6) RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
    In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued  Statement
    of  Financial Standard  No. 123,  "Accounting for  Stock-Based Compensation"
    ("SFAS  No.  123"),  which  prescribes  a  new  method  of  accounting   for
    stock-based  compensation that determines compensation expense based on fair
    value measured at the  grant date. SFAS No.  123 gives companies that  grant
    stock options or other equity instruments to employees, the option of either
    adopting the new rules or continuing current accounting, however, disclosure
    would  be required  of the pro  forma amounts as  if the new  rules had been
    adopted. SFAS No. 123 is effective  for transactions entered into in  fiscal
    years that begin after December 15, 1995. The Company has not yet determined
    whether to adopt the new method of accounting and has not yet determined the
    effect on the financial statements.
 
(7) SUBSEQUENT EVENT:
    In  August  1996, the  Company  entered into  an  agreement to  purchase for
    $2,600,000, the remaining 50% interest in Senior Quarters at East Northport.
    The $2,600,000 purchase price  will be satisfied through  (i) the lesser  of
    50,000  shares  of common  stock  at the  initial  public offering  price or
    $750,000 worth of common stock based upon the initial public offering  price
    and (ii) the remainder of the purchase price will be paid in cash.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
The Partners
Town Gate East
Penfield, New York
 
    We  have  audited  the accompanying  balance  sheets  of Town  Gate  East (a
Partnership) as of  December 31, 1995  and 1994, and  the related statements  of
income, changes in partners' capital and cash flows for each of the years in the
three  year period ended  December 31, 1995. These  financial statements are the
responsibility of the facility's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Town  Gate  East  (a
Partnership) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December
31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                             /s/ Rotenberg & Company LLP
Rochester, NY
February 21, 1996
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
          AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995 AND MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    ----------------------------
                                                                        1994           1995
                                                                    -------------  -------------   THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                       ENDED
                                                                                                  MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                                  ---------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>            <C>
Current Assets
  Cash and Cash Equivalents.......................................  $     106,746  $     100,773   $      86,225
  Accounts Receivable -- Net of Allowance for Doubtful Accounts...         19,166         28,709          30,471
  Inventories.....................................................          9,654          8,980           8,980
  Prepaid Expenses................................................         56,820         59,457         118,698
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
    Total Current Assets..........................................  $     192,386  $     197,919   $     244,374
Property and Equipment -- Net of Accumulated Depreciation.........      2,433,530      2,349,390       2,318,354
Mortgage Acquisition Costs -- Net of Accumulated Amortization.....         36,624         30,520          29,020
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
      Total Assets................................................  $   2,662,540  $   2,577,829   $   2,591,748
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
 
                                        LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
Current Liabilities
  Notes and Mortgage Payable -- Due Within One Year...............  $      94,708  $      53,040   $      39,972
  Accounts Payable................................................         41,991         45,136          28,436
  Accrued Expenses................................................         27,623         30,055           8,928
  Unearned Resident Care Revenue..................................         12,333       --              --
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
    Total Current Liabilities.....................................  $     176,655  $     128,231   $      77,336
Other Liabilities
  Notes and Mortgage Payable -- Due After One Year................      1,804,759      1,772,572       1,772,572
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
      Total Liabilities...........................................  $   1,981,414  $   1,900,803   $   1,849,908
Partners' Capital.................................................        681,126        677,026         741,840
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
    Total Liabilities and Partners' Capital.......................  $   2,662,540  $   2,577,829   $   2,591,748
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                                    -------------  -------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement
                  and should be read in conjunction therewith.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                        -------------------------------------------         MARCH 31, 1996
                                            1993           1994           1995       ----------------------------
                                           AMOUNT         AMOUNT         AMOUNT          1995           1996
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues..............................  $   1,978,568  $   2,036,539  $   2,137,991  $     527,325  $     554,657
Operating Expenses....................      1,385,669      1,439,418      1,557,656        358,884        361,465
Depreciation and Amortization.........        130,386        135,981        142,203         36,900         36,000
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Income Before Other Income............  $     462,513  $     461,140  $     438,132  $     131,541  $     157,192
Other Income..........................          9,443         13,300         14,468              0              0
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Net Income............................  $     471,956  $     474,440  $     452,600  $     131,541  $     157,192
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -------------------------------------------
                                                            1993           1994           1995
                                                            TOTAL          TOTAL          TOTAL
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                        ENDED
                                                                                                      MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Balance -- Beginning of Year..........................  $     561,330  $     687,486  $     681,126   $  677,026
Net Income............................................        471,956        474,440        452,600      157,192
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
Subtotal..............................................  $   1,033,286  $   1,161,926  $   1,133,726   $  834,218
Partners' Withdrawals.................................        345,800        480,800        456,700       92,378
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
Balance -- End of Year................................  $     687,486  $     681,126  $     677,026   $  741,840
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
                                                        -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                           ----------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                1993            1994            1995           1995          1996
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>           <C>
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
  Cash Received from Residents...........  $    1,959,587       2,036,328  $    2,110,115  $    515,285  $    551,941
  Cash Paid to Suppliers and Employees...      (1,267,332)     (1,296,989)     (1,361,568)     (397,586)     (429,658)
  Interest Received......................           2,514           2,465           3,622           719           954
  Interest Paid..........................        (142,204)       (151,621)       (185,253)      (15,227)      (28,875)
  Other Income...........................           6,929          10,835          10,846
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
      Net Cash Flows from Operating
       Activities........................  $      559,494  $      601,018  $      577,762  $    103,191        94,362
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
  Cash Purchases of Property and
   Equipment.............................  $      (42,230) $      (71,169) $      (44,324) $    (27,078) $     (3,464)
  Proceeds from Sale of Assets...........        --              --                 9,010
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
    Net Cash Flows from Investing
     Activities..........................  $      (42,230) $      (71,169) $      (35,314) $    (27,078) $     (3,464)
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities.....
  Repayment of Debt......................  $      (89,840) $      (69,422) $      (91,721) $    (14,240) $    (13,068)
  Partners' Withdrawals..................         345,800)       (480,800)       (456,700)      105,200)      (92,378)
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
    Net Cash Flows from Financing
     Activities..........................  $     (435,640) $     (550,222) $     (548,421) $   (119,440) $   (105,446)
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Net Decrease in Cash and Cash
 Equivalents.............................  $       81,624  $      (20,373) $       (5,973) $    (43,327) $    (14,548)
Cash and Cash Equivalents -- Beginning of
 Year....................................          45,495         127,119         106,746       106,746       100,773
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents -- End of
 Year....................................  $      127,119  $      106,746  $      100,773  $     63,419  $     86,225
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
                                           --------------  --------------  --------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
 
    RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                                     -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                        1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net Income.........................................  $   471,956  $   474,440  $   452,600  $   131,541  $   157,192
Adjustments:
  Depreciation.....................................      124,282      129,877      136,099       35,400       34,500
  Amortization.....................................        6,104        6,104        6,104        1,500        1,500
  Bad Debts........................................      --           --             6,000      --           --
  Loss on Sale of Assets...........................      --           --             1,221      --           --
Changes:
  Accounts Receivable..............................       (2,721)     (10,084)     (15,543)       1,012       (1,762)
  Inventories......................................         (195)        (649)         674      --           --
  Prepaid Expenses.................................      (11,186)      (4,656)      (2,637)     (51,467)     (59,241)
  Accounts Payable.................................       18,303)      (2,744)       3,145      (10,888)      16,700)
  Accrued Expenses.................................        5,817       (1,143)       2,432        8,426      (21,127)
  Unearned Resident Care Revenue...................      (16,260)       9,873      (12,333)     (12,333)     --
                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities.......  $   559,494  $   601,018  $   577,762  $   103,191  $    94,362
                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                             NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS
 
    During 1995,  long  term debt  in  the amount  of  $17,866 was  incurred  to
purchase a vehicle.
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    METHOD OF ACCOUNTING
 
    The partnership maintains its books and prepares its financial statements on
the accrual basis of accounting.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash  and cash equivalents  include time deposits,  certificates of deposit,
and all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three  months
or  less.  The  partnership maintains  cash  and cash  equivalents  at financial
institutions which periodically may exceed federally insured amounts.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated  at the  lower of cost  or market,  on the  first-in,
first-out method.
 
    PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION
 
    Property  and equipment are  stated at cost,  less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation of property  and equipment  is provided over  the estimated  useful
lives of the respective assets on the straight line basis as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
Auto.................................................       5 Years
Building.............................................      40 Years
                                                            32 - 40
Building Addition....................................         Years
Equipment............................................  3 - 15 Years
Improvements.........................................  3 - 20 Years
</TABLE>
 
    Maintenance  and repairs  are charged to  expense. The cost  of property and
equipment  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of  and  the  related   accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts.
 
    MORTGAGE ACQUISITION COSTS
 
    Mortgage  acquisition costs  have been  capitalized and  are being amortized
using the straight line method over the term of the debt.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expense during the reporting
period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Partnership profit and  losses are  reported by the  individual partners  on
their  personal tax returns. Accordingly, no provision for taxes is reflected in
these financial statements.
 
NOTE B -- SCOPE OF BUSINESS
    The partnership was  organized on  November 1, 1978  and is  engaged in  the
operation  of a one  hundred twenty (120)  certified bed adult  care facility in
Penfield, New York.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE C -- ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
    Accounts receivable consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 and 1995
and the three months ended March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 --------------------
                                                                   1994       1995
                                                                 ---------  ---------  MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ---------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Residents......................................................  $  16,018  $  27,961    $    31,602
Town Gate Manor................................................      3,148      6,748          4,869
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                 $  19,166  $  34,709    $    36,471
Less: Allowance for Doubtful Accounts..........................     --          6,000          6,000
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Net Accounts Receivable....................................  $  19,166  $  28,709    $    30,471
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE D -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                          ----------------------------
                                                              1994           1995
                                                          -------------  -------------  MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                        ---------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>            <C>
Auto....................................................  $      18,090  $      24,866   $      24,866
Building................................................      1,122,627      1,122,627       1,122,627
Building Additions......................................      1,668,890      1,668,890       1,669,119
Equipment...............................................        385,976        391,183         391,304
Improvements............................................        216,841        247,047         250,161
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                          $   3,412,424  $   3,454,613   $   3,458,077
Less: Accumulated Depreciation..........................      1,054,294      1,180,623       1,215,123
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                          $   2,358,130  $   2,273,990   $   2,242,954
Add: Land...............................................         75,400         75,400          75,400
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
    Net Property and Equipment..........................  $   2,433,530  $   2,349,390   $   2,318,354
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
                                                          -------------  -------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation expense for the years ended  December 31, 1993, 1994, and  1995
and  the three months ended March 31,  1996 was $124,282, $129,877, $136,099 and
$34,500, respectively.
 
    Substantially all of  the building  and equipment is  pledged as  collateral
security on notes and mortgages payable.
 
NOTE E -- MORTGAGE ACQUISITION COSTS
    Mortgage acquisition costs at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and March 31, 1996,
were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                 --------------------
                                                                   1994       1995
                                                                 ---------  ---------  MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ---------------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Costs....................................................  $  61,041  $  61,041    $    61,041
Less: Accumulated Amortization.................................     24,417     30,521         32,021
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
    Net Mortgage Acquisition Costs.............................  $  36,624  $  30,520    $    29,020
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization expense for each of the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 was $6,104, and for the three months ended March 31, 1996, $1,500.
 
                                      F-41
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE F -- NOTES AND MORTGAGE PAYABLE
    Notes  and mortgage payable consisted of  the following at December 31, 1994
and 1995 and March 31, 1996:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                          1994           1995           1996
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
NOTE PAYABLE -- M & T BANK
  $200,000 line of credit bearing interest at prime plus 1%.
   Collateralized by all assets of the partnership and guaranteed by
   the partners.....................................................  $      40,000  $    --        $    --
NOTE PAYABLE -- FORD MOTOR CREDIT COMPANY
  Installment note paid in full.....................................          5,328       --             --
NOTE PAYABLE -- CHASE MANHATTAN BANK
  Installment note payable in monthly payments of $459, including
   interest at 10.49%. Note matures in May, 1999. Collateralized by
   vehicle..........................................................  $    --        $      15,764  $      14,797
MORTGAGE PAYABLE -- M & T BANK
  Payments are based on a twenty year schedule with the principal
   balance due in the tenth year (2001). Monthly payments including
   principal and interest at prime plus 1% are $18,608.
   Collateralized by the real and personal property used in the
   operation of the facility and guaranteed by the partners.........  $   1,854,139  $   1,809,848  $   1,797,747
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Notes and Mortgage Payable................................  $   1,899,467  $   1,825,612  $   1,812,544
  Less: Amount Due Within One Year..................................         94,708         53,040         39,972
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
Amount Due After One Year...........................................  $   1,804,759  $   1,772,572  $   1,772,572
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    Annual maturities of debt at March 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31                            AMOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>
  1996...............................................................  $      39,972
  1997...............................................................         58,482
  1998...............................................................         64,482
  1999...............................................................         67,787
  2000...............................................................         72,244
Thereafter...........................................................      1,509,577
                                                                       -------------
    Total............................................................  $   1,812,544
                                                                       -------------
                                                                       -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Interest expense for the  years ended December 31,  1993, 1994 and 1995  and
the  three months  ended March 31,  1996, was $141,695,  $155,160, $184,952, and
$28,875, respectively.
 
NOTE G -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Josephine Kennedy,  partner,  receives  a salary  as  administrator  of  the
facility.  Albert  R.  Christiano,  partner, receives  a  salary  for consulting
services  and  is   also  the   legal  counsel   for  the   facility.  Den   Pac
 
                                      F-42
<PAGE>
                                 TOWN GATE EAST
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                               PENFIELD, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE G -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
Management,   Inc.,  a  corporation  whose  stock  is  solely  owned  by  Dennis
Christiano, partner, receives payments for  management services. The amounts  of
these  transactions for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the
three months ended March 31, 1996 were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                            1993       1994       1995        1996
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Josephine Kennedy.......................................  $  52,832  $  55,212  $  58,150   $  15,126
Albert R. Christiano....................................      8,400     10,600     10,800       2,700
Den-Pac Management, Inc.................................      8,400     10,600     10,800       2,700
</TABLE>
 
    There is an intercompany  receivable from Town  Gate Manor, related  through
common  ownership,  for shared  administrative  expenses of  $3,148,  $6,748 and
$4,869 at December  31, 1994 and  1995 and March  31, 1996, respectively.  These
amounts are included in accounts receivable.
 
NOTE H -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    During 1995, the partnership implemented a 401(k) plan whereby all employees
who  meet age and length of service requirements may voluntarily defer up to 15%
of wages. The partnership has elected  not to make matching contributions  under
the plan.
 
NOTE I -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    During  1995, the partners agreed to sell  the operations and real estate of
Town Gate East for an amount in excess of book value. The sale closing is  April
1, 1996.
 
                                      F-43
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Partners
Town Gate Manor
Rochester, New York
 
    We  have  audited  the accompanying  balance  sheet  of Town  Gate  Manor (a
Partnership) as of  December 31, 1995  and 1994, and  the related statements  of
income, changes in partners' capital and cash flows for each of the years in the
three  year period ended  December 31, 1995. These  financial statements are the
responsibility of the facility's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Town  Gate  Manor (a
Partnership) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December
31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                             /s/ Rotenberg & Company LLP
Rochester, New York
January 29, 1996
 
                                      F-44
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
          AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995 AND MARCH 31, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                          1994           1995
                                                                      -------------  -------------  THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                     ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                      31, 1996
                                                                                                    -------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
Current Assets
  Cash and Cash Equivalents.........................................  $      76,344  $     133,878  $      90,327
  Accounts Receivable...............................................          2,335          1,648          2,480
  Inventories.......................................................          6,134          6,005          6,005
  Prepaid Expenses..................................................         25,612         34,921         55,856
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Current Assets..........................................  $     110,425  $     176,452  $     154,668
Property and Equipment -- Net of Accumulated Depreciation...........      1,495,447      1,458,930      1,439,430
Mortgage Acquisition Costs -- Net of Accumulated Amortization.......         29,368         23,984         22,484
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Assets..................................................  $   1,635,240  $   1,659,366  $   1,616,582
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
 
                                        LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS' CAPITAL
Current Liabilities
  Mortgage and Loan Payable -- Due Within One Year..................  $      32,189  $      42,547  $      31,800
  Accounts Payable..................................................         30,127         42,323         63,328
  Accrued Expenses..................................................         20,080         26,064            107
  Unearned Resident Care Revenues...................................          2,579       --             --
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Current Liabilities.....................................  $      84,975  $     110,934  $      95,235
Other Liabilities
  Mortgage and Loan Payable -- Due After One Year...................      1,157,611      1,127,304      1,127,304
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Liabilities.............................................  $   1,242,586  $   1,238,238  $   1,222,539
Partners' Capital...................................................        392,654        421,128        394,043
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
      Total Liabilities and Partners' Capital.......................  $   1,635,240  $   1,659,366  $   1,616,582
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The accompanying notes are an integral part of this financial statement
                  and should be read in conjunction therewith.
 
                                      F-45
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                     31,
                                              -----------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                              1993 AMOUNT   1994 AMOUNT    1995 AMOUNT      1995         1996
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>
Revenues....................................  $   993,443  $   1,106,551  $   1,406,311  $   337,734  $   357,462
Operating Expenses..........................      752,185        854,173      1,055,969      251,157      294,247
Depreciation................................       48,337         58,993         79,755       23,100       21,000
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Income Before Other Income..................  $   192,921  $     193,385  $     270,587  $    63,477  $    42,215
Other Income................................          770          1,198          7,087            0            0
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
Net Income..................................  $   193,691  $     194,583  $     277,674  $    63,477  $    42,215
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
                                              -----------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-46
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARTNERS' CAPITAL
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------------------
                                                              1993 TOTAL   1994 TOTAL   1995 TOTAL
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                     ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                       31, 1996
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance -- Beginning of Year................................  $   298,260  $   356,871  $   392,654   $  421,128
Net Income..................................................      193,691      194,583      277,674       42,215
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Subtotal....................................................  $   491,951  $   551,454  $   670,328   $  463,343
Partners' Withdrawals.......................................      135,080      158,800      249,200       69,300
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
Balance -- End of Year......................................  $   356,871  $   392,654  $   421,128   $  394,043
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-47
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                    MARCH 31,
                                                    ------------------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                        1993          1994           1995           1995          1996
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Cash Flow Operating Activities
  Cash Received from Residents....................  $    987,652  $   1,116,440  $   1,404,419  $    332,901  $    356,492
  Cash Paid to Suppliers and Employees............      (715,576)      (766,973)      (925,935)     (246,751)     (292,878)
  Interest Received...............................           264            447            604            53           137
  Interest Paid...................................       (48,126)       (43,436)      (121,034)      (31,692)      (27,255)
  Miscellaneous...................................           506            751          2,559       --            --
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities........  $    224,720  $     307,229  $     360,613  $     54,511  $     36,496
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
  Cash Purchases of Equipment.....................  $    (35,920)      (804,498) $     (40,430) $    (17,897) $    --
  Proceeds from Sale of Automobile................       --            --                6,500       --            --
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net Cash Flows from Investing Activities........  $    (35,920) $    (804,498) $     (33,930) $    (17,897) $    --
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
  Proceeds from Debt..............................  $    --       $     710,512  $      10,200  $     10,200  $         --
  Repayment of Debt...............................       (59,099)        (5,191)       (30,149)      --            (10,747)
  Partners' Withdrawals...........................      (135,080)      (158,800)      (249,200)      (58,267)      (69,300)
  Cash Payment for Mortgage Acquisition Costs.....        (6,000)      --             --             --            --
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
  Net Cash Flows from Financing Activities........  $   (200,179) $     546,521  $    (269,149) $    (48,067) $    (80,047)
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents.........  $    (11,379) $      49,252  $      57,534  $    (11,453) $    (43,551)
Cash and Cash Equivalents -- Beginning of Year....        38,471         27,092         76,344        76,344       133,878
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
Cash and Cash Equivalents -- End of Year..........  $     27,092  $      76,344  $     133,878  $     64,891  $     90,327
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
                                                    ------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-48
<PAGE>
                        RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME TO
                    NET CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                MARCH 31,
                                                           -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                              1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Net Income...............................................  $   193,691  $   194,583  $   277,674  $    63,477  $    42,215
Adjustments:
  Depreciation and Amortization..........................       48,337       58,993       79,755       23,100       21,000
  Gain on Sale of Asset..................................      --           --            (3,924)     --           --
Changes:
  Accounts Receivable....................................       (6,169)       7,689          687       (2,201)        (833)
  Inventory..............................................         (143)        (814)         129      --           --
  Prepaid Expenses.......................................       (8,477)      (2,720)      (9,309)     (10,972)     (20,935)
  Real Estate Tax Escrow.................................       (1,787)      27,463      --           --           --
  Accounts Payable.......................................       (3,169)       5,276       12,196       (3,181)      21,005
  Accrued Expenses.......................................        2,059       14,558        5,984      (13,133)     (25,956)
  Unearned Resident Care Revenue.........................          378        2,201       (2,579)      (2,579)     --
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net Cash Flows from Operating Activities...............  $   224,720  $   307,229  $   360,613  $    54,511  $    36,496
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                           -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                             NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS
 
    During  1994,  the  first  and  second  mortgages  were  refinanced  into  a
construction   loan.  The   total  amount  refinanced   was  $455,920.  Mortgage
acquisition costs of $23,368 were incorporated into the construction loan.
 
                                      F-49
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE A -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    METHOD OF ACCOUNTING
 
    The partnership maintains its books and prepares its financial statements on
the accrual basis of accounting.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash  and cash equivalents  include time deposits,  certificates of deposit,
and all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three  months
or  less.  The  partnership maintains  cash  and cash  equivalents  at financial
institutions which periodically may exceed federally insured amounts.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are stated  at the  lower of cost  or market,  on the  first-in,
first-out method.
 
    PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND DEPRECIATION
 
    Property  and equipment are  stated at cost,  less accumulated depreciation.
Depreciation of property  and equipment  is provided over  the estimated  useful
lives of the respective assets on the straight line basis as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Auto..................................................      5 Years
Building and Building Addition........................     40 Years
                                                             3 - 10
Equipment.............................................        Years
                                                             3 - 12
Improvements..........................................        Years
</TABLE>
 
    Maintenance  and repairs  are charged to  expense. The cost  of property and
equipment  retired  or  otherwise  disposed  of  and  the  related   accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts.
 
    MORTGAGE ACQUISITION COSTS
 
    Mortgage  acquisition costs  have been  capitalized and  are being amortized
using the straight line method over the term of the debt commencing in 1995.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that  affect the  reported  amounts of  assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure  of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expense during the reporting
period. Actual results can differ from those estimates.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Partnership profit and  losses are  reported by the  individual partners  on
their  personal tax returns. Accordingly, no provision for taxes is reflected in
these financial statements.
 
NOTE B -- SCOPE OF BUSINESS
    The partnership was  organized on  November 1, 1978  and is  engaged in  the
operation  of a seventy-nine (79) certified bed adult care facility including an
adult day care program in Rochester, New York. Seventeen (17) of the total  beds
were constructed in 1994.
 
                                      F-50
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE C -- PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property  and equipment consisted of the  following at December 31, 1995 and
1994:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                                            ----------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                1994           1995           1996
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>            <C>
Auto......................................................  $      14,053  $    --        $
Building..................................................        966,673        966,673        966,673
Building Addition.........................................        718,593        733,144        733,144
Equipment.................................................        186,112        200,280        200,280
Improvements..............................................        203,791        215,502        215,502
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                            $   2,089,222  $   2,115,599  $   2,115,599
Less: Accumulated Depreciation............................        639,250        702,144        721,644
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                            $   1,449,972  $   1,413,455  $   1,393,955
Add: Land.................................................         45,475         45,475         45,475
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
    Net Property and Equipment............................  $   1,495,447  $   1,458,930  $   1,439,430
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                            -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation expense for the  years ended December 31,  1993, 1994 and  1995
and  the three  months ended  March 31, 1996  was $48,337,  $58,993, $74,371 and
$19,500, respectively.
 
NOTE D -- MORTGAGE ACQUISITION COSTS
    Mortgage acquisition costs consisted of  the following at December 31,  1994
and 1995 and March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    --------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                      1994       1995         1996
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>
Total Costs.......................................................  $  29,368  $  29,368   $   29,368
Less: Accumulated Amortization....................................     --          5,384        6,884
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ------------
  Net Mortgage Acquisition Costs..................................  $  29,368  $  23,984   $   22,484
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ------------
                                                                    ---------  ---------  ------------
</TABLE>
 
    Amortization  expense for  the year ended  December 31, 1995,  and the three
months ended March 31, 1996 was $5,384 and $1,500, respectively.
 
                                      F-51
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE E -- MORTGAGE AND LOAN PAYABLE
    Mortgages and loan payable consisted of  the following at December 31,  1994
and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                          1994           1995           1996
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                   <C>            <C>            <C>
MORTGAGE PAYABLE -- FIRST NATIONAL BANK
  Mortgage payable in monthly installments of $12,895, including
   interest at prime plus 1%. Mortgage matures with a balloon
   payment due January, 2000. Collateralized by real and personal
   property used in the operation of the facility and personally
   guaranteed by the partners. Converted from a construction loan in
   February, 1995...................................................  $    --        $   1,169,851  $   1,159,104
CONSTRUCTION LOAN -- FIRST NATIONAL BANK
  Loan payable in monthly installments of interest only at prime
   plus 1% until converted to a permanent mortgage in February,
   1995.............................................................      1,189,800       --
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total Mortgages and Loan Payable................................  $   1,189,800  $   1,169,851  $   1,159,104
  Less: Amount Due Within One Year..................................         32,189         42,547         31,800
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Amount Due After One Year.......................................  $   1,157,611  $   1,127,304  $   1,127,304
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
Annual maturities of debt as of March 31, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
1996...................................................  $   31,800
1997...................................................      46,886
1998...................................................      51,668
1999...................................................      56,937
2000...................................................     971,813
                                                         ----------
    Total..............................................  $1,159,104
                                                         ----------
                                                         ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Interest  expense for the years  ended December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995 was
$48,126, $52,574 and  $121,718, respectively.  Interest expense  for the  period
ended  March 31, 1996 was $18,117.  Interest capitalized on the new construction
at December 31, 1994 was $15,450.
 
NOTE F -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    Richard Hood, partner, receives a  salary as administrator of the  facility.
Albert  R. Christiano, partner, receives a salary for consulting services and is
also the legal counsel for the facility. Den Pac Management, Inc., a corporation
whose stock is solely owned by Dennis Christiano, partner, receives payments for
management services.  The amounts  of  these transactions  for the  years  ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1996, were
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                          -------------------------------   MARCH 31,
                                                            1993       1994       1995        1996
                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Richard Hood............................................  $  51,418  $  58,475  $  55,382   $  13,996
Albert R. Christiano....................................      7,200      7,200      8,400       2,100
Den Pac Management, Inc.................................      7,200      7,200      8,400       2,100
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-52
<PAGE>
                                TOWN GATE MANOR
                                (A PARTNERSHIP)
                              ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE F -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
    There  is an intercompany payable to  Town Gate East, related through common
ownership, for shared administrative  expenses of $3,148,  $6,748 and $8,917  at
December  31, 1994 and 1995 and March  31, 1996, respectively. These amounts are
included in accrued expenses.
 
NOTE G -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    During 1995, the partnership implemented a 401(k) plan whereby all employees
who meet age and length of service requirements may voluntarily defer up to  15%
of  wages. The partnership has elected  not to make matching contributions under
the plan.
 
NOTE H -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT
    During 1995, the partners agreed to  sell the operations and real estate  of
Town Gate Manor for an amount in excess of book value. The sale closing is April
1, 1996.
 
                                      F-53
<PAGE>
                       Kapson Senior Quarters Facilities
 
                      Residents Monthly Activity Calendar
                    Inside Back Cover (graphics, clockwise)
(1) Kapson Quarter Corp. logo.
(2) Interior of residential unit, including furnishings.
(3) Resident with staff members.
(4) Exterior of a facility.
(5) Residents socializing in indoor common area.
(6) Residents socializing in an outdoor common area.
(7) Exterior of facility.
(8) Residents socializing in an outdoor common area.
(9) Staff members providing services to resident.
(10) Staff member and resident standing.
(11) Residents participating in recreational activities.
(12) Exterior of a facility.
(13) Staff member providing services to a resident.
<PAGE>
NO  DEALER, SALESPERSON  OR ANY  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN  THOSE CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER MADE BY THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED   BY  THE  COMPANY  OR  THE   SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS  OR  ANY  OF  THE
UNDERWRITERS. NEITHER  THE  DELIVERY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR  ANY  SALE  MADE
HEREUNDER  SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO  CHANGE IN  THE AFFAIRS  OF  THE COMPANY  SINCE THE  DATES AS  OF  WHICH
INFORMATION  IS GIVEN IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN
OFFER OR  SOLICITATION BY  ANYONE IN  ANY JURISDICTION  IN WHICH  SUCH OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION  IS NOT  AUTHORIZED OR  IN WHICH  THE PERSON  MAKING SUCH  OFFER OR
SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR  TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS  UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    PAGE
                                                    -----
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................           3
Risk Factors...................................           8
Use of Proceeds................................          19
Dilution.......................................          20
Capitalization.................................          21
Dividend Policy................................          21
Selected Financial, Operating and Pro Forma
 Data..........................................          22
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations....................................          25
Business.......................................          33
Management.....................................          51
Certain Transactions...........................          61
Principal and Selling Stockholders.............          63
Description of Capital Stock...................          64
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................          66
Underwriting...................................          68
Experts........................................          69
Legal Matters..................................          69
Additional Information.........................          69
Index to Financial Statements..................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
UNTIL  OCTOBER 21, 1996  (25 DAYS AFTER  THE COMMENCEMENT OF  THE OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS  REQUIREMENT
IS  IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING
AS UNDERWRITERS OR WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
    
 
3,550,000 SHARES
 
KAPSON SENIOR
QUARTERS CORP.
 
COMMON STOCK
($.01 PAR VALUE)
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
 
RAYMOND JAMES & ASSOCIATES, INC.
 
WHEAT FIRST BUTCHER SINGER
 
   
PROSPECTUS
DATED SEPTEMBER 26, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission